US20220329627A1 - Tunneling for network deceptions - Google Patents
Tunneling for network deceptions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220329627A1 US20220329627A1 US17/535,467 US202117535467A US2022329627A1 US 20220329627 A1 US20220329627 A1 US 20220329627A1 US 202117535467 A US202117535467 A US 202117535467A US 2022329627 A1 US2022329627 A1 US 2022329627A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- network
- deception
- devices
- security
- site
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 230000005641 tunneling Effects 0.000 title description 30
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 229
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 100
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 74
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 46
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 31
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 31
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 22
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000006855 networking Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000008595 infiltration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001764 infiltration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000779 smoke Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 4
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009429 electrical wiring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000012907 honey Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002351 wastewater Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003345 natural gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013439 planning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004886 process control Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007514 turning Methods 0.000 description 2
- KJLPSBMDOIVXSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[2-[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenyl]propan-2-yl]phenoxy]phthalic acid Chemical compound C=1C=C(OC=2C=C(C(C(O)=O)=CC=2)C(O)=O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 KJLPSBMDOIVXSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003070 Statistical process control Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002155 anti-virotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013361 beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002457 bidirectional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013523 data management Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007418 data mining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZXQYGBMAQZUVMI-GCMPRSNUSA-N gamma-cyhalothrin Chemical compound CC1(C)[C@@H](\C=C(/Cl)C(F)(F)F)[C@H]1C(=O)O[C@H](C#N)C1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 ZXQYGBMAQZUVMI-GCMPRSNUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005007 materials handling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000572 poisoning Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000607 poisoning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010248 power generation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012913 prioritisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010223 real-time analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012827 research and development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000024977 response to activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/14—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for detecting or protecting against malicious traffic
- H04L63/1441—Countermeasures against malicious traffic
- H04L63/1491—Countermeasures against malicious traffic using deception as countermeasure, e.g. honeypots, honeynets, decoys or entrapment
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/02—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for separating internal from external traffic, e.g. firewalls
- H04L63/029—Firewall traversal, e.g. tunnelling or, creating pinholes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
- H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
- H04L41/0876—Aspects of the degree of configuration automation
- H04L41/0886—Fully automatic configuration
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/02—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for separating internal from external traffic, e.g. firewalls
- H04L63/0272—Virtual private networks
Definitions
- a network device can be configured as a projection point.
- a projection point can be configured as one endpoint of a network tunnel.
- the other end of the network tunnel can terminate at a deception center.
- the deception center can host network devices configured as deception mechanisms.
- the network device configured as a projection point can determine a network address.
- the network address can be determined from available network addresses in a first network, where the first network is the network to which the network device is connected.
- the network device can further configure a network tunnel to a second network.
- the second network can include one or more deception mechanisms; for example, the second network can be at a deception farm.
- the network device can further select a deception mechanism from among the one or more deception mechanisms.
- the network device can further assigning the network address to the selected deception mechanism.
- the network address and the network tunnel can enable the selected deception mechanism to be a node on the first network.
- the network device that is configured as a projection point can further determine a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network.
- the selected deception mechanism can be selected using the configuration.
- the network device can further determine a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network, and configure the selected deception mechanism using the configuration of the one or more other network devices.
- the network device can further select the second network from among a plurality of deception networks, where the plurality of deception networks host deception mechanisms.
- the network device can further receive network traffic from the first network, where the network traffic is addressed to the network address that is assigned to the selected deception mechanism.
- the network device can further transmit the network traffic over the network tunnel.
- the network device can further receive network traffic from the first network, where the network traffic requests information about the network address.
- the network device can then respond to the request, for example, using the network address.
- the network device can further hide the network device from the first network. Hiding the network device can include not responding to network traffic addressed to the network device.
- the network device can further determine to add an additional deception mechanism to the first network.
- the network device can then configure a different network tunnel to a third network, where the third includes one or more additional deception mechanisms.
- the network device can then select the additional deception mechanism from among the one or more additional deception mechanisms.
- the second network is associated with a deception farm, where a deception farm includes network devices configured as deception mechanisms.
- a deception mechanism is an emulated network device or a physical network device.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a network threat detection and analysis system, in which various implementations of a deception-based security system can be used;
- FIGS. 2A-2D provide examples of different installation configurations that can be used for different customer networks
- FIG. 3A-3B illustrate examples of customer networks where some of the customer networks' network infrastructure is “in the cloud,” that is, is provided by a cloud services provider;
- FIG. 4 illustrates an example of an enterprise network
- FIG. 5 illustrates a general example of an Internet-of-Things network
- FIG. 6 illustrates an example of an Internet-of-Things network, here implemented in a private home
- FIG. 7 illustrates an Internet-of-Things network, here implemented in a small business
- FIG. 8 illustrates an example of the basic operation of an industrial control system
- FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a SCADA system, here used for distributed monitoring and control
- FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a distributed control
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a PLC implemented in a manufacturing control process
- FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate an example of a network deception system configured to provide deception mechanisms for a site network
- FIG. 13 illustrates an example of a network deception system configured to provide deception mechanisms for a site network
- FIG. 14 illustrates an example of a deception system that includes a projection point with network tunnels to multiple deception farms
- FIG. 15 illustrates an example of a deception system for a site network that incudes multiple sub-networks, or subnets;
- FIG. 16 illustrates an example of a network deception system, where multiple projection points have been connected to multiple deception centers
- FIGS. 17A-17B illustrate an example where a site network includes a local segment and a cloud segment.
- Honeypot-type deception mechanisms can be installed in a network for a particular site, such as a business office, to act as decoys in the site's network.
- Honeypot-type deception mechanisms are typically configured to be indistinguishable from active, production systems in the network. Additionally, such deception mechanisms are typically configured to be attractive to a network threat by having seemingly valuable data and/or by appearing vulnerable to infiltration.
- deception mechanisms can be indistinguishable from legitimate parts of the site network, deception mechanisms are not part of the normal operation of the network, and would not be accessed during normal, legitimate use of the site network. Because normal users of the site network would not normally use or access a deception mechanism, any use or access to the deception mechanism is suspected to be a threat to the network.
- Normal operation of a network generally includes network activity that conforms with the intended purpose of a network.
- normal or legitimate network activity can include the operation of a business, medical facility, government office, education institution, or the ordinary network activity of a private home.
- Normal network activity can also include the non-business-related, casual activity of users of a network, such as accessing personal email and visiting websites on personal time, or using network resources for personal use.
- Normal activity can also include the operations of network security devices, such as firewalls, anti-virus tools, intrusion detection systems, intrusion protection systems, email filters, adware blockers, and so on.
- Normal operations exclude deceptions mechanisms, in that deception mechanisms are not intended to take part in business operations or casual use. As such, network users and network systems do not normally access deceptions mechanisms except perhaps for the most routine network administrative tasks. Access to a deception mechanism, other than entirely routine network administration, may thus indicate a threat to the network.
- Threats to a network can include active attacks, where an attacker interacts or engages with systems in the network to steal information or do harm to the network.
- An attacker may be a person, or may be an automated system.
- active attacks include denial of service (DoS) attacks, distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks, spoofing attacks, “man-in-the-middle” attacks, attacks involving malformed network requests (e.g. Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) poisoning, “ping of death,” etc.), buffer, heap, or stack overflow attacks, and format string attacks, among others.
- Threats to a network can also include self-driven, self-replicating, and/or self-triggering malicious software.
- Malicious software can appear innocuous until activated, upon which the malicious software may attempt to steal information from a network and/or do harm to the network. Malicious software is typically designed to spread itself to other systems in a network. Examples of malicious software include ransomware, viruses, worms, Trojan horses, spyware, keyloggers, rootkits, and rogue security software, among others.
- Honeypot-type deception mechanisms are typically installed in the network for a particular site, to act as decoys in the site's network.
- the decoys may be more effective if the decoys appear indistinguishable from legitimate, production devices.
- IP Internet Protocol
- deception mechanism can be installed in the site network, for example by attaching network devices configured as deception mechanisms to switches, routers, or other infrastructure of the site network.
- installing deception mechanisms in a site network may be inconvenient and/or inefficient.
- the configuration of deception mechanisms may need to be determined in advance, and it may be difficult to dynamically increase, reduce, and/or modify deceptions mechanisms installed directly in a site network.
- centralized administration of deception mechanism spread across multiple site networks, including coordination of activities of multiple deception mechanisms and monitoring for possible intrusions may be difficult.
- a deception mechanism directly into a site network.
- a customer's network may be partially or fully “in the cloud;” that is, a cloud services provider may host all or part of a site network for a customer. In such cases, it may not be possible to gain access to the cloud portion of the network to install deception mechanisms.
- deception mechanisms may have network addresses that are local to the remote site, rather than local to the site network, and thus may be more easily identified as decoys.
- the deception mechanisms' network addresses can be spoofed or masked, but once a network threat gains access to a deception mechanism, the network threat may discover that the deception mechanism's actual network address.
- Network tunnels provide a way to connect network and network devices together over other networks.
- a remote network device can connect to a private network over other networks, which may be private and/or public and may be unsecure.
- An example where tunnels are commonly used is for virtual private networks (VPN).
- VPN virtual private networks
- a VPN tunnel allows a remote user to connect a computer to the network that is in another physical location, such as at an office.
- the VPN tunnel provides a path for network traffic between the remote user's computer and the office network.
- the tunnel can be secure, so that the remote user's network traffic cannot be snooped as the traffic travels across public networks.
- the remote user's computer may be able to access the office network as if the computer were physically located at the office and physically connected to the office network.
- a network deception system can use network tunnels to project deceptions from a remote site into a site network, where the deceptions can defend the site network from network threats.
- a network device in the site network can be configured as a projection point, which implements an endpoint for a network tunnel.
- the network device can further be connected, using a secure network tunnel, to a remote deception farm.
- the deception farm can host a network emulator, which can emulate multiple network devices.
- the emulated network devices can be assigned network addresses from the site network's domain.
- the emulated network devices can further be projected by the projection point into the site network. The emulated network devices thus appear in the site network in the same manner as legitimate devices in the site network.
- a deception farm can host emulated network devices and/or physical network devices.
- Emulated network devices can be generated, for example, using virtual machines, where the virtual machines can be configured to resemble the devices found in a particular site network.
- the physical network devices can include devices that may be difficult to emulate, such as certain kinds of computers, machinery, and/or control systems.
- Emulated network devices and/or physical network devices deception farm can be used as deception mechanisms, and can be projected into a site network.
- a projection point can have network tunnels to more than one deception farm.
- the deceptions projected by a projection point can be selected from among the deception mechanisms hosted by multiple deception farms.
- a deception farm can be connected to projection points in multiple site networks.
- the multiple site networks belong to the same customer, while in other cases the multiple site networks can be long to different customers.
- the projection points and/or deception farms can maintain a context for each network tunnel, so that network traffic can be properly routed between each site network and the deceptions hosted by each deception farm.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a network threat detection and analysis system 100 , in which various implementations of a deception-based security system can be used.
- the network threat detection and analysis system 100 provides security for a site network 104 using deceptive security mechanisms, a variety of which may be called “honeypots.”
- the deceptive security mechanisms may be controlled by and inserted into the site network 104 using a deception center 108 and sensors 110 , which may also be referred to as deception sensors, installed in the site network 104 .
- the deception center 108 and the sensors 110 interact with a security services provider 106 located outside of the site network 104 .
- the deception center 108 may also obtain or exchange data with sources located on the Internet 150 .
- a deception-based security mechanism may be a computer attached to the network, a process running on one or more network systems, and/or some other device connected to the network.
- a security mechanism may be configured to offer services, real or emulated, to serve as bait for an attack on the network.
- Deception-based security mechanisms that take the form of data which may be called “honey tokens,” may be mixed in with real data in devices in the network. Alternatively or additionally, emulated data may also be provided by emulated systems or services.
- Deceptive security mechanisms can also be used to detect an attack on the network.
- Deceptive security mechanisms are generally configured to appear as if they are legitimate parts of a network. These security mechanisms, however, are not, in fact, part of the normal operation of the network. Consequently, normal activity on the network is not likely to access the security mechanisms. Thus any access over the network to the security mechanism is automatically suspect.
- the network security system 100 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms in a targeted and dynamic fashion. Using the deception center 108 the system 100 can scan the site network 104 and determine the topology of the site network 104 . The deception center 108 may then determine devices to emulate with security mechanisms, including the type and behavior of the device. The security mechanisms may be selected and configured specifically to attract the attention of network attackers. The security mechanisms may also be selected and deployed based on suspicious activity in the network. Security mechanisms may be deployed, removed, modified, or replaced in response to activity in the network, to divert and isolate network activity related to an apparent attack, and to confirm that the network activity is, in fact, part of a real attack.
- the site network 104 is a network that may be installed among the buildings of a large business, in the office of a small business, at a school campus, at a hospital, at a government facility, or in a private home.
- the site network 104 may be described as a local area network (LAN) or a group of LANS.
- the site network 104 may be one site belonging to an organization that has multiple site networks 104 in one or many geographical locations.
- the deception center 108 may provide network security to one site network 104 , or to multiple site networks 104 belonging to the same entity.
- the site network 104 is where the networking devices and users of the an organizations network may be found.
- the site network 104 may include network infrastructure devices, such as routers, switches hubs, repeaters, wireless base stations, and/or network controllers, among others.
- the site network 104 may also include computing systems, such as servers, desktop computers, laptop computers, tablet computers, personal digital assistants, and smart phones, among others.
- the site network 104 may also include other analog and digital electronics that have network interfaces, such as televisions, entertainment systems, thermostats, refrigerators, and so on.
- the deception center 108 provides network security for the site network 104 (or multiple site networks for the same organization) by deploying security mechanisms into the site network 104 , monitoring the site network 104 through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat.
- the deception center 108 may communicate with sensors 110 installed in the site network 104 , using network tunnels 120 .
- the tunnels 120 may allow the deception center 108 to be located in a different sub-network (“subnet”) than the site network 104 , on a different network, or remote from the site network 104 , with intermediate networks (possibly including the Internet 150 ) between the deception center 108 and the site network 104 .
- subnet sub-network
- intermediate networks possibly including the Internet 150
- the network security system 100 includes a security services provider 106 .
- the security services provider 106 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple site networks, possibly including site networks controlled by different organizations.
- the security services provider 106 may communicate with multiple deception centers 108 that each provide security for a different site network 104 for the same organization.
- the security services provider 106 is located outside the site network 104 .
- the security services provider 106 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network.
- the security services provider 106 may be an outside vendor.
- the security services provider 106 is controlled by the same entity as that controls the site network 104 .
- the sensors 110 and the deception center 108 may communicate with the security services provider 106 in order to be connected to each other.
- the sensors 110 which may also be referred to as deception sensors, may, upon powering on in the site network 104 , send information over a network connection 112 to the security services provider 106 , identifying themselves and the site network 104 in which they are located.
- the security services provider 106 may further identify a corresponding deception center 108 for the site network 104 .
- the security services provider 106 may then provide the network location of the deception center 108 to the sensors 110 , and may provide the deception center 108 with the network location of the sensors 110 .
- a network location may take the form of, for example, an Internet Protocol (IP) address.
- IP Internet Protocol
- the network security system 100 does not include a security services provider 106 .
- the sensors 110 and the deception center 108 may be configured to locate each other by, for example, sending packets that each can recognize as coming for the other. Using these packets, the sensors 110 and deception center 108 may be able to learn their respective locations on the network. Alternatively or additionally, a network administrator can configure the sensors 110 with the network location of the deception center 108 , and vice versa.
- the sensors 110 are a minimal combination of hardware and/or software, sufficient to form a network connection with the site network 104 and a tunnel 120 with the deception center 108 .
- a sensor 110 may be constructed using a low-power processor, a network interface, and a simple operating system.
- the sensors 110 provide the deception center 108 with visibility into the site network 104 , such as for example being able to operate as a node in the site network 104 , and/or being able to present or project deceptive security mechanisms into the site network 104 , as described further below. Additionally, in various implementations, the sensors 110 may provide a portal through which a suspected attack on the site network 104 can be redirected to the deception center 108 , as is also described below.
- the deception center 108 may be configured to profile the site network 104 , deploy deceptive security mechanisms for the site network 104 , detect suspected threats to the site network 104 , analyze the suspected threat, and analyze the site network 104 for exposure and/or vulnerability to the supposed threat.
- the deception center 108 may include a deception profiler 130 .
- the deception profiler may 130 derive information 114 from the site network 104 , and determine, for example, the topology of the site network 104 , the network devices included in the site network 104 , the software and/or hardware configuration of each network device, and/or how the network is used at any given time. Using this information, the deception profiler 130 may determine one or more deceptive security mechanisms to deploy into the site network 104 .
- the deception profiler may configure an emulated network 116 to emulate one or more computing systems. Using the tunnels 120 and sensors 110 , the emulated computing systems may be projected into the site network 104 , where they serve as deceptions. The emulated computing systems may include address deceptions, low-interaction deceptions, and/or high-interaction deceptions. In some implementations, the emulated computing systems may be configured to resemble a portion of the network. In these implementations, this network portion may then be projected into the site network 104 .
- a network threat detection engine 140 may monitor activity in the emulated network 116 , and look for attacks on the site network 104 . For example, the network threat detection engine 140 may look for unexpected access to the emulated computing systems in the emulated network 116 . The network threat detection engine 140 may also use information 114 extracted from the site network 104 to adjust the emulated network 116 , in order to make the deceptions more attractive to an attack, and/or in response to network activity that appears to be an attack. Should the network threat detection engine 140 determine that an attack may be taking place, the network threat detection engine 140 may cause network activity related to the attack to be redirected to and contained within the emulated network 116 .
- the emulated network 116 is a self-contained, isolated, and closely monitored network, in which suspect network activity may be allowed to freely interact with emulated computing systems.
- questionable emails, files, and/or links may be released into the emulated network 116 to confirm that they are malicious, and/or to see what effect they have. Outside actors can also be allowed to access emulated system, steal data and user credentials, download malware, and conduct any other malicious activity.
- the emulated network 116 not only isolated a suspected attack from the site network 104 , but can also be used to capture information about an attack. Any activity caused by suspect network activity may be captured in, for example, a history of sent and received network packets, log files, and memory snapshots.
- activity captured in the emulated network 116 may be analyzed using a targeted threat analysis engine 160 .
- the threat analysis engine 160 may examine data collected in the emulated network 116 and reconstruct the course of an attack. For example, the threat analysis engine 160 may correlate various events seen during the course of an apparent attack, including both malicious and innocuous events, and determine how an attacker infiltrated and caused harm in the emulated network 116 .
- the threat analysis engine 160 may use threat intelligence 152 from the Internet 150 to identify and/or analyze an attack contained in the emulated network 116 .
- the threat analysis engine 160 may also confirm that suspect network activity was not an attack.
- the threat analysis engine 160 may produce indicators 162 that describe the suspect network activity, including indicating whether the suspect activity was or was not an actual threat.
- the threat analysis engine 160 may share these indicators 162 with the security community 180 , so that other networks can be defended from the attack.
- the threat analysis engine 160 may also send the indicators 162 to the security services provider 106 , so that the security services provider 106 can use the indicators 162 to defend other site networks.
- the threat analysis engine 160 may also send threat indicators 162 , or similar data, to a behavioral analytics engine 170 .
- the behavioral analytics engine 170 may be configured to use the indicators 162 to probe 118 the site network 104 , and see whether the site network 104 has been exposed to the attack, or is vulnerable to the attack. For example, the behavioral analytics engine 170 may search the site network 104 for computing systems that resemble emulated computing systems in the emulated network 116 that were affected by the attack. In some implementations, the behavioral analytics engine 170 can also repair systems affected by the attack, or identify these systems to a network administrator. In some implementations, the behavioral analytics engine 170 can also reconfigure the site network's 104 security infrastructure to defend against the attack.
- the behavioral analytics engine 170 can work in conjunction with a Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) 172 system.
- SIEM includes software and/or services that can provide real-time analysis of security alerts generates by network hardware and applications.
- the deception center 108 can communicate with the SIEM 172 system to obtain information about computing and/or networking systems in the site network 104 .
- the network security system 100 may thus be able to distract and divert attacks on the site network 104 .
- the network security system 100 may also be able to allow, using the emulated network 116 , and attack to proceed, so that as much can be learned about the attack as possible. Information about the attack can then be used to find vulnerabilities in the site network 104 . Information about the attack can also be provided to the security community 180 , so that the attack can be thwarted elsewhere.
- FIGS. 2A-2D provide examples of different installation configurations 200 a - 200 d that can be used for different customer networks 202 .
- a customer network 202 may generally be described as a network or group of networks that is controlled by a common entity, such as a business, a school, or a person.
- the customer network 202 may include one or more site networks 204 .
- the customer network's 202 site networks 204 may be located in one geographic location, may be behind a common firewall, and/or may be multiple subnets within one network.
- a customer network's 202 site networks 204 may be located in different geographic locations, and be connected to each other over various private and public networks, including the Internet 250 .
- Different customer networks 202 may have different requirements regarding network security. For example, some customer networks 202 may have relatively open connections to outside networks such as the Internet 250 , while other customer networks 202 have very restricted access to outside networks.
- the network security system described in FIG. 1 may be configurable to accommodate these variations.
- FIG. 2A illustrates one example of an installation configuration 200 a , where a deception center 208 is located within the customer network 202 .
- being located within the customer network 202 means that the deception center 208 is connected to the customer network 202 , and is able to function as a node in the customer network 202 .
- the deception center 208 may be located in the same building or within the same campus as the site network 204 .
- the deception center 208 may be located within the customer network 202 but at a different geographic location than the site network 204 .
- the deception center 208 thus may be within the same subnet as the site network 204 , or may be connected to a different subnet within the customer network.
- the deception center 208 communicates with sensors 210 , which may also be referred to as deception sensors, installed in the site network over network tunnels 220
- the network tunnels 220 may cross one or more intermediate within the customer network 202 .
- the deception center 208 is able to communicate with a security services provider 206 that is located outside the customer network 202 , such as on the Internet 250 .
- the security services provider 206 may provide configuration and other information for the deception center 208 .
- the security services provider 206 may also assist in coordinating the security for the customer network 202 when the customer network 202 includes multiple site networks 204 located in various geographic areas.
- FIG. 2B illustrates another example of an installation configuration 200 b , where the deception center 208 is located outside the customer network 202 .
- the deception center 208 may connected to the customer network 202 over the Internet 250 .
- the deception center 208 may be co-located with a security services provider, and/or may be provided by the security services provider.
- the tunnels 220 connect the deception center 208 to the sensors 210 through a gateway 262 .
- a gateway is a point in a network that connects the network to another network.
- the gateway 262 connects the customer network 202 to outside networks, such as the Internet 250 .
- the gateway 262 may provide a firewall, which may provide some security for the customer network 202 .
- the tunnels 220 may be able to pass through the firewall using a secure protocol, such as Secure Socket Shell (SSH) and similar protocols. Secure protocols typically require credentials, which may be provided by the operator of the customer network 202 .
- SSL Secure Socket Shell
- FIG. 2C illustrates another example of an installation configuration 200 c , where the deception center 208 is located inside the customer network 202 but does not have access to outside networks.
- the customer network 202 may require a high level of network security.
- the customer network's 202 connections to the other networks may be very restricted.
- the deception center 208 is located within the customer network 202 , and does not need to communicate with outside networks.
- the deception center 208 may use the customer networks 202 internal network to coordinate with and establish tunnels 220 to the sensors 210 .
- a network administrator may configure the deception center 208 and sensors 210 to enable them to establish the tunnels 220 .
- FIG. 2D illustrates another example of an installation configuration 200 d .
- the deception center 208 is located inside the customer network 202 , and further is directly connected to the site network 204 .
- Directly connected in this example, can mean that the deception center 208 is connected to a router, hub, switch, repeater, or other network infrastructure device that is part of the site network 204 .
- Directly connected can alternatively or additionally mean that the deception center 208 is connected to the site network 204 using a Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN).
- VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
- the deception center 208 can be connected to VLAN trunk port.
- the deception center 208 can project deceptions into the site network 204 with or without the use of sensors, such as are illustrated in FIGS. 2A-2C .
- the deception center 208 can also optionally be connected to an outside security services provider 206 .
- the security services provider 206 can manage the deception center 208 , including providing updated security data, sending firmware upgrades, and/or coordinating different deception centers 208 for different site networks 204 belonging to the same customer network 202 .
- the deception center 208 can operate without the assistances of an outside security services provider 206 .
- the network security system can be used for variety of customer networks.
- customer networks can come in wide variety of configurations.
- a customer network may have some of its network infrastructure “in the cloud.”
- a customer network can also include a wide variety of devices, including what may be considered “traditional” network equipment, such as servers and routers, and non-traditional, “Internet-of-Things” devices, such as kitchen appliances.
- Other examples of customer networks include established industrial networks, or a mix of industrial networks and computer networks.
- FIG. 3A-3B illustrate examples of customer networks 302 a - 302 b where some of the customer networks' 302 a - 302 b network infrastructure is “in the cloud,” that is, is provided by a cloud services provider 354 .
- These example customer networks 302 a - 302 b may be defended by a network security system that includes a deception center 308 and sensors 310 , which may also be referred to as deception sensors, and may also include an off-site security services provider 306 .
- a cloud services provider is a company that offers some component of cloud computer—such as Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Software as a Service (SaaS) or Platform as Service (PaaS)—to other businesses and individuals.
- a cloud services provider may have a configurable pool of computing resources, including, for example, networks, servers, storage, applications, and services. These computing resources can be available on demand, and can be rapidly provisioned. While a cloud services provider's resources may be shared between the cloud service provider's customers, from the perspective of each customer, the individual customer may appear to have a private network within the cloud, including for example having dedicated subnets and IP addresses.
- the customer networks' 302 a - 302 b network is partially in a site network 304 , and partially provided by the cloud services provider 354 .
- the site network 304 is the part of the customer networks 302 a - 302 b that is located at a physical site owned or controlled by the customer network 302 a - 302 b .
- the site network 304 may be a network located in the customer network's 302 a - 302 b office or campus.
- the site network 304 may include network equipment owned and/or operated by the customer network 302 a - 302 b that may be located anywhere.
- the customer networks' 302 a - 302 b operations may consist of a few laptops owned by the customer networks 302 a - 302 b , which are used from the private homes of the lap tops' users, from a co-working space, from a coffee shop, or from some other mobile location.
- sensors 310 may be installed in the site network 304 .
- the sensors 310 can be used by the network security system to project deceptions into the site network 304 , monitor the site network 304 for attacks, and/or to divert suspect attacks into the deception center 308 .
- the sensors 310 may also be able to project deceptions into the part of the customer networks 302 a - 302 b network that is provided by the cloud services provider 354 . In most cases, it may not be possible to install sensors 310 inside the network of the cloud services provider 354 , but in some implementations, this may not be necessary.
- the deception center 308 can acquire the subnet address of the network provided by the cloud services provider 354 , and use that subnet address the create deceptions. Though these deceptions are projected form the sensors 310 installed in the site network 304 , the deceptions may appear to be within the subnet provided by the cloud services provider 354 .
- the deception center 308 is installed inside the customer networks 302 a - 302 b . Though not illustrated here, the deception center 308 can also be installed outside the customer networks 302 a - 302 b , such as for example somewhere on the Internet 350 . In some implementations, the deception center 308 may reside at the same location as the security service provider 306 . When located outside the customer networks 302 a - 302 b , the deception center 308 may connect to the sensors 310 in the site network 304 over various public and/or private networks.
- FIG. 3A illustrates an example of a configuration 300 a where the customer network's 302 a network infrastructure is located in the cloud and the customer network 302 a also has a substantial site network 304 .
- the customer may have an office where the site network 304 is located, and where the customer's employees access and use the customer network 302 a .
- developers, sales and marketing personnel, human resources and finance employees may access the customer network 302 a from the site network 304 .
- the customer may obtain applications and services from the cloud services provider 354 .
- the cloud services provider 354 may provide data center services for the customer.
- the cloud services provider 354 may host the customer's repository of data (e.g., music provided by a streaming music service, or video provided by a streaming video provider).
- the customer's own customers may be provided data directly from the cloud services provider 354 , rather than from the customer network 302 a.
- FIG. 3B illustrates and example of a configuration 300 b where the customer network's 302 b network is primarily or sometimes entirely in the cloud.
- the customer network's 302 b site network 304 may include a few laptops, or one or two desktop servers. These computing devices may be used by the customer's employees to conduct the customer's business, while the cloud services provider 354 provides the majority of the network infrastructure needed by the customer. For example, a very small company may have no office space and no dedicated location, and have as computing resources only the laptops used by its employees. This small company may use the cloud services provider 354 to provide its fixed network infrastructure.
- the small company may access this network infrastructure by connecting a laptop to any available network connection (e.g, in a co-working space, library, or coffee shop).
- any available network connection e.g, in a co-working space, library, or coffee shop.
- the customer network 302 b may be existing entirely within the cloud.
- the site network 304 can be found wherever the customer's employees connect to a network and can access the cloud services provider 354 .
- the sensors 310 can be co-located with the employees' laptops. For example, whenever an employee connects to a network, she can enable a sensor 310 , which can then project deceptions into the network around her.
- sensors 310 can be installed in a fixed location (such as the home of an employee of the customer) from which they can access the cloud services provider 354 and project deceptions into the network provided by the cloud services provider 354 .
- FIG. 4 illustrates an example of an enterprise network 400 , which is one such network that can be defended by a network security system.
- the example enterprise network 400 illustrates examples of various network devices and network clients that may be included in an enterprise network.
- the enterprise network 400 may include more or fewer network devices and/or network clients, and/or may include network devices, additional networks including remote sites 452 , and/or systems not illustrated here.
- Enterprise networks may include networks installed at a large site, such as a corporate office, a university campus, a hospital, a government office, or a similar entity.
- An enterprise network may include multiple physical sites. Access to an enterprise networks is typically restricted, and may require authorized users to enter a password or otherwise authenticate before using the network.
- a network such as illustrated by the example enterprise network 400 may also be found at small sites, such as in a small business.
- the enterprise network 400 may be connected to an external network 450 .
- the external network 450 may be a public network, such as the Internet.
- a public network is a network that has been made accessible to any device that can connect to it.
- a public network may have unrestricted access, meaning that, for example, no password or other authentication is required to connect to it.
- the external network 450 may include third-party telecommunication lines, such as phone lines, broadcast coaxial cable, fiber optic cables, satellite communications, cellular communications, and the like.
- the external network 450 may include any number of intermediate network devices, such as switches, routers, gateways, servers, and/or controllers that are not directly part of the enterprise network 400 but that facilitate communication between the network 400 and other network-connected entities, such as a remote site 452 .
- Remote sites 452 are networks and/or individual computers that are generally located outside the enterprise network 400 , and which may be connected to the enterprise network 400 through intermediate networks, but that function as if within the enterprise network 400 and connected directly to it.
- an employee may connect to the enterprise network 400 while at home, using various secure protocols, and/or by connecting to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) provided by the enterprise network 400 .
- VPN Virtual Private Network
- the employee's computer While the employee's computer is connected, the employee's home is a remote site 452 .
- the enterprise network's 400 owner may have a satellite office with a small internal network. This satellite office's network may have a fixed connection to the enterprise network 400 over various intermediate networks. This satellite office can also be considered a remote site.
- the enterprise network 400 may be connected to the external network 450 using a gateway device 404 .
- the gateway device 404 may include a firewall or similar system for preventing unauthorized access while allowing authorized access to the enterprise network 400 .
- Examples of gateway devices include routers, modems (e.g. cable, fiber optic, dial-up, etc.), and the like.
- the gateway device 404 may be connected to a switch 406 a .
- the switch 406 a provides connectivity between various devices in the enterprise network 400 .
- the switch 406 a connects together the gateway device 404 , various servers 408 , 412 , 414 , 416 , 418 , an another switch 406 b .
- a switch typically has multiple ports, and functions to direct packets received on one port to another port.
- the gateway device 404 and the switch 406 a may be combined into a single device.
- a print server 408 may be connected to the switch 406 a .
- the print server 408 may provide network access to a number of printers 410 .
- Client devices connected to the enterprise network 400 may be able to access one of the printers 410 through the printer server 408 .
- servers connected to the switch 406 a include a file server 412 , database server 414 , and email server 416 .
- the file server 412 may provide storage for and access to data. This data may be accessible to client devices connected to the enterprise network 400 .
- the database server 414 may store one or more databases, and provide services for accessing the databases.
- the email server 416 may host an email program or service, and may also store email for users on the enterprise network 400 .
- a server rack 418 may be connected to the switch 406 a .
- the server rack 418 may house one or more rack-mounted servers.
- the server rack 418 may have one connection to the switch 406 a , or may have multiple connections to the switch 406 a .
- the servers in the server rack 418 may have various purposes, including providing computing resources, file storage, database storage and access, and email, among others.
- An additional switch 406 b may also be connected to the first switch 406 a .
- the additional switch 406 b may be provided to expand the capacity of the network.
- a switch typically has a limited number of ports (e.g., 8, 16, 32, 64 or more ports). In most cases, however, a switch can direct traffic to and from another switch, so that by connecting the additional switch 406 b to the first switch 406 a , the number of available ports can be expanded.
- a server 420 is connected to the additional switch 406 b .
- the server 420 may manage network access for a number of network devices or client devices. For example, the server 420 may provide network authentication, arbitration, prioritization, load balancing, and other management services as needed to manage multiple network devices accessing the enterprise network 400 .
- the server 420 may be connected to a hub 422 .
- the hub 422 may include multiple ports, each of which may provide a wired connection for a network or client device.
- a hub is typically a simpler device than a switch, and may be used when connecting a small number of network devices together. In some cases, a switch can be substituted for the hub 422 .
- the hub 422 connects desktop computers 424 and laptop computers 426 to the enterprise network 400 . In this example, each of the desktop computers 424 and laptop computers 426 are connected to the hub 422 using a physical cable.
- the additional switch 406 b is also connected to a wireless access point 428 .
- the wireless access point 428 provides wireless access to the enterprise network 400 for wireless-enabled network or client devices. Examples of wireless-enabled network and client devices include laptops 430 , tablet computers 432 , and smart phones 434 , among others. In some implementations, the wireless access point 428 may also provide switching and/or routing functionality.
- the example enterprise network 400 of FIG. 4 is defended from network threats by a network threat detection and analysis system, which uses deception security mechanisms to attract and divert attacks on the network.
- the deceptive security mechanisms may be controlled by and inserted into the enterprise network 400 using a deception center 498 and sensors 490 , which may also be referred to as deception sensors, installed in various places in the enterprise network 400 .
- the deception center 498 and the sensors 490 interact with a security services provider 496 located outside of the enterprise network 400 .
- the deception center 498 may also obtain or exchange data with sources located on external networks 450 , such as the Internet.
- the sensors 490 are a minimal combination of hardware and/or software, sufficient to form a network connection with the enterprise network 400 and a network tunnel 480 with the deception center 498 .
- a sensor 490 may be constructed using a low-power processor, a network interface, and a simple operating system.
- any of the devices in the enterprise network e.g., the servers 408 , 412 , 416 , 418 the printers 410 , the computing devices 424 , 426 , 430 , 432 , 434 , or the network infrastructure devices 404 , 406 a , 406 b , 428 ) can be configured to act as a sensor.
- one or more sensors 490 can be installed anywhere in the enterprise network 400 , include being attached switches 406 a , hubs 422 , wireless access points 428 , and so on.
- the sensors 490 can further be configured to be part of one or more VLANs.
- the sensors 490 provide the deception center 498 with visibility into the enterprise network 400 , such as for example being able to operate as a node in the enterprise network 400 , and/or being able to present or project deceptive security mechanisms into the enterprise network 400 .
- the sensors 490 may provide a portal through which a suspected attack on the enterprise network 400 can be redirected to the deception center 498 .
- the deception center 498 provides network security for the enterprise network 400 by deploying security mechanisms into the enterprise network 400 , monitoring the enterprise network 400 through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat.
- the deception center 498 may communicate with sensors 490 installed in the enterprise network 400 , using, for example, network tunnels 480 .
- the tunnels 480 may allow the deception center 498 to be located in a different sub-network (“subnet”) than the enterprise network 400 , on a different network, or remote from the enterprise network 400 , with intermediate networks between the deception center 498 and the enterprise network 400 .
- the enterprise network 400 can include more than one deception center 498 .
- the deception center may be located off-site, such as in an external network 450 .
- the security services provider 496 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple site networks, possibly including site networks controlled by different organizations. For example, the security services provider 496 may communicate with multiple deception centers 498 that each provide security for a different enterprise network 400 for the same organization. As another example, the security services provider 496 may coordinate the activities of the deception center 498 and the sensors 490 , such as enabling the deception center 498 and the sensors 490 to connect to each other. In some implementations, the security services provider 496 is located outside the enterprise network 400 . In some implementations, the security services provider 496 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network. For example, the security services provider 496 may be an outside vendor. In some implementations, the security services provider 496 is controlled by the same entity as that controls the enterprise network 400 . In some implementations, the network security system does not include a security services provider 496 .
- FIG. 4 illustrates one example of what can be considered a “traditional” network, that is, a network that is based on the interconnection of computers.
- a network security system such as the deception-based system discussed above, can also be used to defend “non-traditional” networks that include devices other than traditional computers, such as for example mechanical, electrical, or electromechanical devices, sensors, actuators, and control systems.
- Such “non-traditional” networks may be referred to as the Internet of Things (IoT).
- IoT Internet of Things
- the Internet of Things encompasses newly-developed, every-day devices designed to be networked (e.g., drones, self-driving automobiles, etc.) as well as common and long-established machinery that has augmented to be connected to a network (e.g., home appliances, traffic signals, etc.).
- FIG. 5 illustrates a general example of an IoT network 500 .
- the example IoT network 500 can be implemented wherever sensors, actuators, and control systems can be found.
- the example IoT network 500 can be implemented for buildings, roads and bridges, agriculture, transportation and logistics, utilities, air traffic control, factories, and private homes, among others.
- the IoT network 500 includes cloud service 554 that collects data from various sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d , located in various locations. Using the collected data, the cloud service 554 can provide services 520 , control of machinery and equipment 514 , exchange of data with traditional network devices 516 , and/or exchange of data with user devices 518 .
- the cloud service 554 can work with a deception center 598 and/or a security service provider 596 to provide security for the network 500 .
- a cloud service such as the illustrated cloud service 554
- the resource provided by the cloud services is in the “cloud” in that the resource is provided by hardware and/or software at some location remote from the place where the resource is used.
- the hardware and software of the cloud service is distributed across multiple physical locations.
- the resource provided by the cloud service is not directly associated with specific hardware or software resources, such that use of the resource can continue when the hardware or software is changed.
- the resource provided by the cloud service can often also be shared between multiple users of the cloud service, without affecting each user's use.
- the resource can often also be provided as needed or on-demand.
- the resource provided by the cloud service 554 is automated, or otherwise capable of operating with little or no assistance from human operators.
- cloud services examples include software as a service (SaaS), infrastructure as a service (IaaS), platform as a service (PaaS), desktop as a service (DaaS), managed software as a service (MSaaS), mobile backend as a service (MBaaS), and information technology management as a service (ITMaas).
- SaaS software as a service
- IaaS infrastructure as a service
- PaaS platform as a service
- DaaS desktop as a service
- MSaaS managed software as a service
- MaaS mobile backend as a service
- ITMaas information technology management as a service
- cloud services include data centers, such as those operated by Amazon Web Services and Google Web Services, among others, that provide general networking and software services.
- Other examples of cloud services include those associated with smartphone applications, or “apps,” such as for example apps that track fitness and health, apps that allow a user to remotely manage her home security system or thermostat, and networked gaming apps,
- the company that provides the app may also provide cloud-based storage of application data, cloud-based software and computing resources, and/or networking services.
- the company manages the cloud services provided by the company, including managing physical hardware resources.
- the company leases networking time from a data center provider.
- the cloud service 554 is part of one integrated system, run by one entity.
- the cloud service 554 can be part of a traffic control system.
- sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d can be used to monitor traffic and road conditions.
- the cloud service 554 can attempt to optimize the flow of traffic and also provide traffic safety.
- the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d can include a sensor 512 a on a bridge that monitors ice formation. When the sensor 512 a detects that ice has formed on the bridge, the sensor 512 a can alert the cloud service 554 .
- the cloud service 554 can respond by interacting with machinery and equipment 514 that manages traffic in the area of the bridge. For example, the cloud service 554 can turn on warning signs, indicating to drivers that the bridge is icy. Generally, the interaction between the sensor 512 a , the cloud service 554 , and the machinery and equipment 514 is automated, requiring little or no management by human operators.
- the cloud service 554 collects or receives data from sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d , distributed across one or more networks.
- the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d include devices capable of “sensing” information, such as air or water temperature, air pressure, weight, motion, humidity, fluid levels, noise levels, and so on.
- the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d can alternatively or additionally include devices capable of receiving input, such as cameras, microphones, touch pads, keyboards, key pads, and so on.
- a group of sensors 510 a - 510 d may be common to one customer network 502 .
- the sensors 510 a - 510 d may be motion sensors, traffic cameras, temperature sensors, and other sensors for monitoring traffic in a city's metro area.
- the sensors 510 a - 510 d can be located in one area of the city, or be distribute across the city, and be connected to a common network.
- the sensors 510 a - 510 d can communicate with a gateway device 562 , such as a network gateway.
- the gateway device 562 can further communicate with the cloud service 554 .
- the cloud service 554 can also receive data from sensors 512 a - 512 d in other sites 504 a - 504 c .
- These other sites 504 a - 504 c can be part of the same customer network 502 or can be unrelated to the customer network 502 .
- the other sites 504 a - 504 c can each be the metro area of a different city, and the sensors 512 a - 512 d can be monitoring traffic for each individual city.
- communication between the cloud service 554 and the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d is bidirectional.
- the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d can send information to the cloud service 554 .
- the cloud service 554 can further provide configuration and control information to the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d .
- the cloud service 554 can enable or disable a sensor 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d or modify the operation of a sensor 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d , such as changing the format of the data provided by a sensor 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d or upgrading the firmware of a sensor 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d.
- the cloud service 554 can operate on the data received from the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d , and use this data to interact with services 520 provided by the cloud service 554 , or to interact with machinery and equipment 514 , network devices 516 , and/or user devices 518 available to the cloud service 554 .
- Services 520 can include software-based services, such as cloud-based applications, website services, or data management services. Services 520 can alternatively or additionally include media, such as streaming video or music or other entertainment services.
- Services 520 can also include delivery and/or coordination of physical assets, such as for example package delivery, direction of vehicles for passenger pick-up and drop-off, or automate re-ordering and re-stocking of supplies.
- services 520 may be delivered to and used by the machinery and equipment 514 , the network devices 516 , and/or the user devices 518 .
- the machinery and equipment 514 can include physical systems that can be controlled by the cloud service 554 .
- Examples of machinery and equipment 514 include factory equipment, trains, electrical street cars, self-driving cars, traffic lights, gate and door locks, and so on.
- the cloud service 554 can provide configuration and control of the machinery and equipment 514 in an automated fashion.
- the network devices 516 can include traditional networking equipment, such as server computers, data storage devices, routers, switches, gateways, and so on.
- the cloud service 554 can provide control and management of the network devices 516 , such as for example automated upgrading of software, security monitoring, or asset tracking.
- the cloud service 554 can exchange data with the network devices 516 , such as for example providing websites, providing stock trading data, or providing online shopping resources, among others.
- the network devices 516 can include computing systems used by the cloud service provider to manage the cloud service 554 .
- the user devices 518 can include individual personal computers, smart phones, tablet devices, smart watches, fitness trackers, medical devices, and so on that can be associated with an individual user.
- the cloud service 554 can exchange data with the user devices 518 , such as for example provide support for applications installed on the user devices 518 , providing websites, providing streaming media, providing directional navigation services, and so on.
- the cloud service 554 may enable a user to use a user device 518 to access and/or view other devices, such as the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d , the machinery and equipment 514 , or the network devices 516 .
- the services 520 , machinery and equipment 514 , network devices 516 , and user devices 518 may be part of one customer network 506 .
- this customer network 506 is the same as the customer network 502 that includes the sensors 510 a - 510 d .
- the services 520 , machinery and equipment 514 , network devices 516 , and user devices 518 are part of the same network, and may instead be part of various other networks 506 .
- customer networks can include a deception center 598 .
- the deception center 598 provides network security for the IoT network 500 by deploying security mechanisms into the IoT network 500 , monitoring the IoT network 500 through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat.
- the deception center 598 may communicate with the sensors 510 a - 5106 d , 512 a - 512 d installed in the IoT network 500 , for example through the cloud service 554 .
- the IoT network 500 can include more than one deception center 598 .
- each of customer network 502 and customer networks or other networks 506 can include a deception center 598 .
- the deception center 598 and the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d interact with a security services provider 596 .
- the security services provider 596 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple site networks, possibly including site networks controlled by different organizations.
- the security services provider 596 may communicate with multiple deception centers 598 that each provide security for a different IoT network 500 for the same organization.
- the security services provider 596 may coordinate the activities of the deception center 598 and the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d , such as enabling the deception center 598 and the sensors 510 a - 510 d , 512 a - 512 d to connect to each other.
- the security services provider 596 is integrated into the cloud service 554 .
- the security services provider 596 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network.
- the security services provider 596 may be an outside vendor.
- the security services provider 596 is controlled by the same entity as that controls the IoT network 500 .
- the network security system does not include a security services provider 596 .
- FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a customer network that is a small network 600 , here implemented in a private home.
- a network for a home is an example of small network that may have both traditional and non-traditional network devices connected to the network 600 , in keeping with an Internet of Things approach.
- Home networks are also an example of networks that are often implemented with minimal security. The average homeowner is not likely to be a sophisticated network security expert, and may rely on his modem or router to provide at least some basic security. The homeowner, however, is likely able to at least set up a basic home network.
- a deception-based network security device may be as simple to set up as a home router or base station, yet provide sophisticated security for the network 600 .
- the example network 600 of FIG. 6 may be a single network, or may include multiple sub-networks. These sub-networks may or may not communicate with each other.
- the network 600 may include a sub-network that uses the electrical wiring in the house as a communication channel. Devices configured to communicate in this way may connect to the network using electrical outlets, which also provide the devices with power.
- the sub-network may include a central controller device, which may coordinate the activities of devices connected to the electrical network, including turning devices on and off at particular times.
- a protocol that uses the electrical wiring as a communication network is X10.
- the network 600 may also include wireless and wired networks, built into the home or added to the home solely for providing a communication medium for devices in the house.
- wireless, radio-based networks include networks using protocols such as Z-WaveTM, ZigbeeTM (also known as Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.15.4), BluetoothTM, and Wi-Fi (also known as IEEE 802.11), among others.
- Wireless networks can be set up by installing a wireless base station in the house.
- a wireless network can be established by having at least two devices in the house that are able to communicate with each other using the same protocol.
- wired networks examples include Ethernet (also known as IEEE 802.3), token ring (also known as IEEE 802.5), Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI), and Attached Resource Computer Network (ARCNET), among others.
- a wired network can be added to the house by running cabling through the walls, ceilings, and/or floors, and placing jacks in various rooms that devices can connect to with additional cables.
- the wired network can be extended using routers, switches, and/or hubs.
- wired networks may be interconnected with wireless networks, with the interconnected networks operating as one seamless network.
- an Ethernet network may include a wireless base station that provides a Wi-Fi signal for devices in the house.
- a small network 600 implemented in a home is one that may include both traditional network devices and non-traditional, everyday electronics and appliances that have also been connected to the network 600 .
- rooms where one may find non-traditional devices connected to the network are the kitchen and laundry rooms.
- a refrigerator 604 , oven 606 , microwave 608 , and dishwasher 610 may be connected to the network 600
- a washing machine 612 may be connected to the network 600 .
- the homeowner can monitor the activity of each device (e.g., whether the dishes are clean, the current state of a turkey in the oven, or the washing machine cycle) or change the operation of each device without needing to be in the same room or even be at home.
- the appliances can also be configured to resupply themselves.
- the refrigerator 604 may detect that a certain product is running low, and may place an order with a grocery delivery service for the product to be restocked.
- the network 600 may also include environmental appliances, such as a thermostat 602 and a water heater 614 .
- environmental appliances such as a thermostat 602 and a water heater 614 .
- the homeowner can monitor the current environment of the house (e.g., the air temperature or the hot water temperature), and adjust the settings of these appliances while at home or away.
- software on the network 600 or on the Internet 650 may track energy usage for the heating and cooling units and the water heater 614 . This software may also track energy usage for the other devices, such as the kitchen and laundry room appliances. The energy usage of each appliance may be available to the homeowner over the network 600 .
- various home electronics may be on the network 600 . These electronics may have once been fully analog or may have been standalone devices, but now include a network connection for exchanging data with other devices in the network 600 or with the Internet 650 .
- the home electronics in this example include a television 618 , a gaming system 620 , and a media device 622 (e.g., a video and/or audio player). Each of these devices may play media hosted, for example, on network attached storage 636 located elsewhere in the network 600 , or media hosted on the Internet 650 .
- the car 630 is one of many devices, such as laptop computers 638 , tablet computers 646 , and smartphones 642 , that connect to the network 600 when at home, and when not at home, may be able to connect to the network 600 over the Internet 650 . Connecting to the network 600 over the Internet 650 may provide the homeowner with remote access to his network.
- the network 600 may be able to provide information to the car 630 and receive information from the car 630 while the car is away. For example, the network 600 may be able to track the location of the car 630 while the car 630 is away.
- this example network 600 includes some traditional devices connected to the network 600 .
- the home office may include a desktop computer 632 and network attached storage 636 .
- this example includes a laptop computer 638 and handheld devices such as a tablet computer 646 and a smartphone 642 .
- a person 640 is also connected to the network 600 .
- the person 640 may be connected to the network 600 wirelessly through personal devices worn by the person 640 , such as a smart watch, fitness tracker, or heart rate monitor.
- the person 640 may alternatively or additionally be connected to the network 600 through a network-enabled medical device, such as a pacemaker, heart monitor, or drug delivery system, which may be worn or implanted.
- the desktop computer 632 , laptop computer 638 , tablet computer 646 , and/or smartphone 642 may provide an interface that allows the homeowner to monitor and control the various devices connected to the network. Some of these devices, such as the laptop computer 638 , the tablet computer 646 , and the smartphone 642 may also leave the house, and provide remote access to the network 600 over the Internet 650 . In many cases, however, each device on the network may have its own software for monitoring and controlling only that one device. For example, the thermostat 602 may use one application while the media device 622 uses another, and the wireless network provides yet another. Furthermore, it may be the case that the various sub-networks in the house do not communicate with each other, and/or are viewed and controlled using software that is unique to each sub-network. In many cases, the homeowner may not have one unified and easily understood view of his entire home network 600 .
- the small network 600 in this example may also include network infrastructure devices, such as a router or switch (not shown) and a wireless base station 634 .
- the wireless base station 634 may provide a wireless network for the house.
- the router or switch may provide a wired network for the house.
- the wireless base station 634 may be connected to the router or switch to provide a wireless network that is an extension of the wired network.
- the router or switch may be connected to a gateway device 648 that connects the network 600 to other networks, including the Internet 650 . In some cases, a router or switch may be integrated into the gateway device 648 .
- the gateway device 648 is a cable modem, digital subscriber line (DSL) modem, optical modem, analog modem, or some other device that connects the network 600 to an Internet Services Provider (ISP).
- the ISP may provide access to the Internet 650 .
- a home network typically has one gateway device 648 .
- the network 600 may not be connected to any networks outside of the house. In these cases, information about the network 600 and control of devices in the network 600 may not be available when the homeowner is not connected to the network 600 ; that is, the homeowner may not have access to his network 600 over the Internet 650 .
- the gateway device 648 includes a hardware and/or software firewall.
- a firewall monitors incoming and outgoing network traffic and, by applying security rules to the network traffic, attempts to keep harmful network traffic out of the network 600 .
- a firewall is the only security system protecting the network 600 . While a firewall may work for some types of intrusion attempts originating outside the network 600 , the firewall may not block all intrusion mechanisms, particularly intrusions mechanisms hidden in legitimate network traffic. Furthermore, while a firewall may block intrusions originating on the Internet 650 , the firewall may not detect intrusions originating from within the network 600 . For example, an infiltrator may get into the network 600 by connecting to signal from the Wi-Fi base station 634 .
- the infiltrator may connect to the network 600 by physically connecting, for example, to the washing machine 612 .
- the washing machine 612 may have a port that a service technician can connect to service the machine.
- the washing machine 612 may have a simple Universal Serial Bus (USB) port.
- a deception-based network security device 660 can be added to the network 600 .
- the security device 660 is a standalone device that can be added to the network 600 by connecting it to a router or switch.
- the security device 660 can alternatively or additionally be connected to the network's 600 wireless sub-network by powering on the security device 660 and providing it with Wi-Fi credentials.
- the security device 660 may have a touchscreen, or a screen and a keypad, for inputting Wi-Fi credentials.
- the homeowner may be able to enter network information into the security device by logging into the security device 660 over a BluetoothTM or Wi-Fi signal using software on a smartphone, tablet, or laptop, or using a web browser.
- the security device 660 can be connected to a sub-network running over the home's electrical wiring by connecting the security device 660 to a power outlet.
- the security device 660 may have ports, interfaces, and/or radio antennas for connecting to the various sub-networks that can be included in the network 600 . This may be useful, for example, when the sub-networks do not communicate with each other, or do not communicate with each other seamlessly.
- the security device 660 may self-configure and monitor the security of each sub-network in the network 600 that it is connected to.
- the security device 660 may be configured to connect between the gateway device 648 and the network's 600 primary router, and/or between the gateway device 648 and the gateway device's 648 connection to the wall. Connected in one or both of these locations, the security device 660 may be able to control the network's 600 connection with outside networks. For example, the security device can disconnect the network 600 from the Internet 650 .
- the security device 660 instead of being implemented as a standalone device, may be integrated into one or more of the appliances, home electronics, or computing devices (in this example network 600 ), or in some other device not illustrated here.
- the security device 660 or the functionality of the security device 660 —may be incorporated into the gateway device 648 or a desktop computer 632 or a laptop computer 638 .
- the security device 660 can be integrated into a kitchen appliance (e.g., the refrigerator 604 or microwave 608 ), a home media device (e.g., the television 618 or gaming system 620 ), or the home security system 626 .
- the security device 660 may be a printed circuit board that can be added to another device without requiring significant changes to the other device.
- the security device 660 may be implemented using an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) or Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) that can be added to the electronics of a device.
- ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
- FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
- the security device 660 may be implemented as a software module or modules that can run concurrently with the operating system or firmware of a networked device.
- the security device 660 may have a physical or virtual security barrier that prevents access to it by the device that it is integrated into.
- the security device's 660 presence in another device may be hidden from the device into which the security device 660 is integrated.
- the security device 660 may scan the network 600 to determine which devices are present in the network 600 . Alternatively or additionally, the security device 660 may communicate with a central controller in the network 600 (or multiple central controllers, when there are sub-networks, each with their own central controller) to learn which devices are connected to the network 600 . In some implementations, the security device 660 may undergo a learning period, during which the security device 660 learns the normal activity of the network 600 , such as what time of day appliances and electronics are used, what they are used for, and/or what data is transferred to and from these devices. During the learning period, the security device 660 may alert the homeowner to any unusual or suspicious activity. The homeowner may indicate that this activity is acceptable, or may indicate that the activity is an intrusion. As described below, the security device 660 may subsequently take preventive action against the intrusion.
- a learning period during which the security device 660 learns the normal activity of the network 600 , such as what time of day appliances and electronics are used, what they are used for, and/or what data
- the security device 660 may be able to provide deception-based security for the network 600 .
- the security device 660 may deploy security mechanisms that are configured to emulate devices that could be found in the network 600 .
- the security device 660 may monitor activity on the network 600 , including watching the data sent between the various devices on the network 600 , and between the devices and the Internet 650 . The security device 660 may be looking for activity that is unusual, unexpected, or readily identifiable as suspect. Upon detecting suspicious activity in the network 600 , the security device 660 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms.
- the deceptive security mechanisms are software processes running on the security device 660 that emulate devices that may be found in the network 600 .
- the security device 660 may be assisted in emulating the security devices by another device on the network 600 , such as the desktop computer 632 . From the perspective of devices connected to the network 600 , the security mechanisms appear just like any other device on the network, including, for example, having an Internet Protocol (IP) address, a Media Access Control (MAC) address, and/or some other identification information, having an identifiable device type, and responding to or transmitting data just as would the device being emulated.
- IP Internet Protocol
- MAC Media Access Control
- the security mechanisms may be emulated by the security device 660 itself; thus, while, from the point of view of the network 600 , the network 600 appears to have additional devices, no physical equivalent (other than the security device 660 ) can be found in the house.
- the devices and data emulated by a security mechanism are selected such that the security mechanism is an attractive target for intrusion attempts.
- the security mechanism may emulate valuable data, and/or devices that are easily hacked into, and/or devices that provide easy access to the reset of the network 600 .
- the security mechanisms emulate devices that are likely to be found in the network 600 , such as a second television, a second thermostat, or another laptop computer.
- the security device 660 may contact a service on the Internet 650 for assistance in selecting devices to emulate and/or for how to configure emulated devices.
- the security devices 660 may select and configure security mechanisms to be attractive to intrusions attempts, and to deflect attention away from more valuable or vulnerable network assets. Additionally, the security mechanisms can assist in confirming that an intrusion into the network 600 has actually taken place.
- the security device 660 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms in advance of detecting any suspicious activity. For example, having scanned the network, the security device 660 may determine that the network 600 includes only one television 618 and one smoke detector 616 . The security device 660 may therefore choose to deploy security mechanisms that emulate a second television and a second smoke detector. With security mechanisms preemptively added to the network, when there is an intrusion attempt, the intruder may target the security mechanisms instead of valuable or vulnerable network devices. The security mechanisms thus may serve as decoys and may deflect an intruder away from the network's 600 real devices.
- the security mechanisms deployed by the security device 660 may take into account specific requirements of the network 600 and/or the type of devices that can be emulated. For example, in some cases, the network 600 (or a sub-network) may assign identifiers to each device connected to the network 600 , and/or each device may be required to adopt a unique identifier. In these cases, the security device 660 may assign an identifier to deployed security mechanisms that do not interfere with identifiers used by actual devices in the network 600 . As another example, in some cases, devices on the network 600 may register themselves with a central controller and/or with a central service on the Internet 650 . For example, the thermostat 602 may register with a service on the Internet 650 that monitors energy use for the home.
- the security mechanisms that emulate these types of devices may also register with the central controller or the central service. Doing so may improve the apparent authenticity of the security mechanism, and may avoid conflicts with the central controller or central service.
- the security device 660 may determine to deploy security mechanisms that emulate other devices, and avoid registering with the central controller or central service.
- the security device 660 may dynamically adjust the security mechanisms that it has deployed. For example, when the homeowner adds devices to the network 600 , the security device 660 may remove security mechanisms that conflict with the new devices, or change a security mechanism so that the security mechanism's configuration is not incongruous with the new devices (e.g., the security mechanisms should not have the same MAC address as a new device). As another example, when the network owner removes a device from the network 600 , the security device 660 may add a security mechanism that mimics the device that was removed. As another example, the security device may change the activity of a security mechanism, for example, to reflect changes in the normal activity of the home, changes in the weather, the time of year, the occurrence of special events, and so on.
- the security device 660 may also dynamically adjust the security mechanisms it has deployed in response to suspicious activity it has detected on the network 600 . For example, upon detecting suspicious activity, the security device 660 may change the behavior of a security mechanism or may deploy additional security mechanisms. The changes to the security mechanisms may be directed by the suspicious activity, meaning that if, for example, the suspicious activity appears to be probing for a wireless base station 634 , the security device 660 may deploy a decoy wireless base station.
- Changes to the security mechanisms are meant not only to attract a possible intrusion, but also to confirm that an intrusion has, in fact occurred. Since the security mechanisms are not part of the normal operation of the network 600 , normal occupants of the home are not expected to access the security mechanisms. Thus, in most cases, any access of a security mechanism is suspect.
- the security device 660 may next attempt to confirm that an intrusion into the network 600 has taken place. An intrusion can be confirmed, for example, by monitoring activity at the security mechanism. For example, login attempts, probing of data emulated by the security mechanism, copying of data from the security mechanism, and attempts to log into another part of the network 600 from the security mechanism indicate a high likelihood that an intrusion has occurred.
- the security device 660 may alert the homeowner. For example, the security device 660 may sound an audible alarm, send an email or text message to the homeowner or some other designated persons, and/or send an alert to an application running on a smartphone or tablet. As another example, the security device 660 may access other network devices and, for example, flash lights, trigger the security system's 626 alarm, and/or display messages on devices that include display screens, such as the television 618 or refrigerator 604 . In some implementations, depending on the nature of the intrusion, the security device 660 may alert authorities such as the police or fire department.
- the security device 660 may also take preventive actions. For example, when an intrusion appears to have originated outside the network 600 , the security device 660 may block the network's 600 access to the Internet 650 , thus possibly cutting off the intrusion. As another example, when the intrusion appears to have originated from within the network 600 , the security device 660 may isolate any apparently compromised devices, for example by disconnecting them from the network 600 . When only its own security mechanisms are compromised, the security device 660 may isolate itself from the rest of the network 600 . As another example, when the security device 660 is able to determine that the intrusion very likely included physical intrusion into the house, the security device 660 may alert the authorities. The security device 660 may further lock down the house by, for example, locking any electronic door locks 624 .
- the security device 660 may be able to enable a homeowner to monitor the network 600 when a suspicious activity has been detected, or at any other time.
- the homeowner may be provided with a software application that can be installed on a smartphone, tablet, desktop, and/or laptop computer.
- the software application may receive information from the security device 660 over a wired or wireless connection.
- the homeowner may be able to access information about his network through a web browser, where the security device 660 formats webpages for displaying the information.
- the security device 660 may itself have a touchscreen or a screen and key pad that provide information about the network 600 to the homeowner.
- the information provided to the homeowner may include, for example, a list and/or graphic display of the devices connected to the network 600 .
- the information may further provide a real-time status of each device, such as whether the device is on or off, the current activity of the device, data being transferred to or from the device, and/or the current user of the device, among other things.
- the list or graphic display may update as devices connect and disconnect from the network 600 , such as for example laptops and smartphones connecting to or disconnecting from a wireless sub-network in the network 600 .
- the security device 660 may further alert the homeowner when a device has unexpectedly been disconnected from the network 600 .
- the security device 660 may further alert the homeowner when an unknown device connects to the network 600 , such as for example when a device that is not known to the homeowner connects to the Wi-Fi signal.
- the security device 660 may also maintain historic information. For example, the security device 660 may provide snapshots of the network 600 taken once a day, once a week, or once a month. The security device 660 may further provide a list of devices that have, for example, connected to the wireless signal in the last hour or day, at what times, and for how long. The security device 660 may also be able to provide identification information for these devices, such as MAC addresses or usernames. As another example, the security device 660 may also maintain usage statistics for each device in the network 600 , such as for example the times at which each device was in use, what the device was used for, how much energy the device used, and so on.
- the software application or web browser or display interface that provides the homeowner with information about his network 600 may also enable the homeowner to make changes to the network 600 or to devices in the network 600 .
- the homeowner may be able to turn devices on or off, change the configuration of a device, change a password for a device or for the network, and so on.
- the security device 660 may also display currently deployed security mechanisms and their configuration. In some implementations, the security device 660 may also display activity seen at the security mechanisms, such as for example a suspicious access to a security mechanism. In some implementations, the security device 660 may also allow the homeowner to customize the security mechanisms. For example, the homeowner may be able to add or remove security mechanisms, modify data emulated by the security mechanisms, modify the configuration of security mechanism, and/or modify the activity of a security mechanism.
- a deception-based network security device 660 thus can provide sophisticated security for a small network.
- the security device 660 may be simple to add to a network, yet provide comprehensive protection against both external and internal intrusions. Moreover, the security device 660 may be able to monitor multiple sub-networks that are each using different protocols.
- the security device 660 using deceptive security mechanisms, may be able to detect and confirm intrusions into the network 600 .
- the security device 660 may be able to take preventive actions when an intrusion occurs.
- the security device 660 may also be able to provide the homeowner with information about his network, and possibly also control over devices in the network.
- FIG. 7 illustrates another example of a small network 700 , here implemented in a small business.
- a network in a small business may have both traditional and non-traditional devices connected to the network 700 .
- Small business networks are also examples of networks that are often implemented with minimal security.
- a small business owner may not have the financial or technical resources, time, or expertise to configure a sophisticated security infrastructure for her network 700 .
- the business owner is likely able to at least set up a network 700 for the operation of the business.
- a deception-based network security device that is at least as simple to set up as the network 700 itself may provide inexpensive and simple yet sophisticated security for the network 700 .
- the example network 700 may be one, single network, or may include multiple sub-networks.
- the network 700 may include a wired sub-network, such as an Ethernet network, and a wireless sub-network, such as an 802.11 Wi-Fi network.
- the wired sub-network may be implemented using cables that have been run through the walls and/or ceilings to the various rooms in the business. The cables may be connected to jacks in the walls that devices can connect to in order to connect to the network 700 .
- the wireless network may be implemented using a wireless base station 720 , or several wireless base stations, which provide a wireless signal throughout the business.
- the network 700 may include other wireless sub-networks, such as a short-distance BluetoothTM network.
- the sub-networks communicate with one another.
- the Wi-Fi sub-network may be connected to the wired Ethernet sub-network.
- the various sub-networks in the network 700 may not be configured to or able to communicate with each other.
- the small business network 700 may include both computers, network infrastructure devices, and other devices not traditionally found in a network.
- the network 700 may also include electronics, machinery, and systems that have been connected to the network 700 according to an Internet-of-Things approach. Workshop machinery that was once purely analog may now have computer controls. Digital workshop equipment may be network-enabled. By connecting shop equipment and machinery to the network 700 , automation and efficiency of the business can be improved and orders, materials, and inventory can be tracked. Having more devices on the network 700 , however, may increase the number of vulnerabilities in the network 700 . Devices that have only recently become network-enabled may be particularly vulnerable because their security systems have not yet been hardened through use and attack. A deception-based network security device may provide simple-to-install and sophisticated security for a network that may otherwise have only minimal security.
- the example small business of FIG. 7 includes a front office.
- the network may include devices for administrative tasks. These devices may include, for example, a laptop computer 722 and a telephone 708 . These devices may be attached to the network 700 in order to, for example, access records related to the business, which may be stored on a server 732 located elsewhere in the building.
- security devices for the building may also be found, including, for example, security system controls 724 and an electronic door lock 726 . Having the security devices on the network 700 may enable the business owner to remotely control access to the building. The business owner may also be able to remotely monitor the security of building, such as for example being able to view video streams from security cameras 742 .
- the front office may also be where environmental controls, such as a thermostat 702 , are located. Having the thermostat 702 on the network 700 may allow the business owner to remotely control the temperature settings. A network-enabled thermostat 702 may also track energy usage for the heating and cooling systems.
- the front office may also include safety devices, such as a network-connected smoke alarm 728 . A network-connected smoke alarm may be able to inform the business owner that there is a problem in the building be connecting to the business owner's smartphone or computer.
- the network 700 may include production equipment for producing the goods sold by the business.
- the production equipment may include, for example, manufacturing machines 704 (e.g. a milling machine, a Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machine, a 3 D printer, or some other machine tool) and a plotter 706 .
- the production equipment may be controlled by a computer on the network 700 , and/or may receive product designs over the network 700 and independently execute the designs.
- RFID radiofrequency identification
- QR Quick Response
- mobile computing devices and people 738 may also be connected to the network 700 .
- Mobile computing devices include, for example, tablet computers 734 and smartphones 736 . These devices may be used to control production equipment, track supplies and inventory, receive and track orders, and/or for other operations of the business.
- People 738 may be connected to the network through network-connected devices worn or implanted in the people 738 , such as for example smart watches, fitness trackers, heart rate monitors, drug delivery systems, pacemakers, and so on.
- the example small business may have a delivery van 748 and a company car 746 .
- these vehicles may be connected to the network 700 remotely, for example over the Internet 750 .
- the vehicles may be able to receive information such as product delivery information (e.g., orders, addresses, and/or delivery times), supply pickup instructions, and so on.
- the business owner may also be able to track the location of these vehicles from the business location, or over the Internet 750 when away from the business, and/or track who is using the vehicles.
- the business may also have a back office.
- the network 700 may include traditional network devices, such as computers 730 , a multi-function printer 716 , a scanner 718 , and a server 732 .
- the computers 730 may be used to design products for manufacturing in the workshop, as well as for management of the business, including tracking orders, supplies, inventory, and/or human resources records.
- the multi-function printer 716 and scanner 718 may support the design work and the running of the business.
- the server 732 may store product designs, orders, supply records, and inventory records, as well as administrative data, such as accounting and human resources data.
- the back office may also be where a gateway device 770 is located.
- the gateway device 770 connects the small business to other networks, including the Internet 750 .
- the gateway device 770 connects to an ISP, and the ISP provides access to the Internet 750 .
- a router may be integrated into the gateway device 770 .
- gateway device 770 may be connected to an external router, switch, or hub, not illustrated here.
- the network 700 is not connected to any networks outside of the business's own network 700 . In these cases, the network 700 may not have a gateway device 770 .
- the back office is also where the network 700 may have a deception-based network security device 760 .
- the security device 760 may be a standalone device that may be enabled as soon as it is connected to the network 700 .
- the security device 760 may be integrated into another device connected to the network 700 , such as the gateway device 770 , a router, a desktop computer 730 , a laptop computer 722 , the multi-function printer 716 , or the thermostat 702 , among others.
- the security device 760 may use the network connection of the other device, or may have its own network connection for connecting to the network 700 .
- the security device 760 may connect to the network 700 using a wired connection or a wireless connection.
- the security device 760 may begin monitoring the network 700 for suspect activity.
- the security device 760 may scan the network 700 to learn which devices are connected to the network 700 .
- the security device 760 may learn the normal activity of the network 700 , such as what time the various devices are used, for how long, by whom, for what purpose, and what data is transferred to and from each device, among other things.
- the security device 760 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms. These security mechanisms may emulate devices that may be found on the network 700 , including having an identifiable device type and/or network identifiers (such as a MAC address and/or IP address), and being able to send and receive network traffic that a device of a certain time would send and receive. For example, for the example small business, the security device 760 may configure a security mechanism to emulate a 3 D printer, a wide-body scanner, or an additional security camera. The security device 760 may further avoid configuring a security mechanism to emulate a device that is not likely to be found in the small business, such as a washing machine. The security device 760 may use the deployed security mechanisms to monitor activity on the network 700 .
- deceptive security mechanisms may emulate devices that may be found on the network 700 , including having an identifiable device type and/or network identifiers (such as a MAC address and/or IP address), and being able to send and receive network traffic that a device of a certain time would send and receive.
- the security device 760 may deploy additional security mechanisms. These additional security mechanisms may be selected based on the nature of suspect activity. For example, when the suspect activity appears to be attempting to break into the shop equipment, the security device 760 may deploy a security mechanism that looks like shop equipment that is easy to hack. In some implementations, the security device 760 may deploy security mechanisms only after detecting suspect activity on the network 700 .
- the security device 760 selects devices to emulate that are particularly attractive for an infiltration, either because the emulated device appears to have valuable data or because the emulated device appears to be easy to infiltrate, or for some other reason.
- the security device 760 connects to a service on the Internet 750 for assistance in determining which devices to emulate and/or how to configure the emulated device. Once deployed, the security mechanisms serve as decoys to attract the attention of a possible infiltrator away from valuable network assets.
- the security device 760 emulates the security mechanisms using software processes.
- the security device 760 may be assisted in emulating security mechanisms by a computer 730 on the network.
- the security device 760 may deploy security mechanisms prior to detecting suspicious activity on the network 700 .
- the security mechanisms may present more attractive targets for a possible, future infiltration, so that if an infiltration occurs, the infiltrator will go after the security mechanisms instead of the actual devices on the network 700 .
- the security device 760 may also change the security mechanisms that it has deployed. For example, the security device 760 may add or remove security mechanisms as the operation of the business changes, as the activity on the network 700 changes, as devices are added or removed from the network 700 , as the time of year changes, and so on.
- the security device 760 may use the security mechanisms to confirm that the network 700 has been infiltrated. Because the security mechanisms are not part of actual devices in use by the business, any access to them over the network is suspect. Thus, once the security device 760 detects an access to one of its security mechanisms, the security device 760 may attempt to confirm that this access is, in fact, an unauthorized infiltration of the network 700 .
- the security device 760 may monitor activity seen at the security mechanism.
- the security device 760 may further deploy additional security mechanisms, to see if, for example, it can present an even more attractive target to the possible infiltrator.
- the security device 760 may further look for certain activity, such as log in attempts to other devices in the network, attempts to examine data on the security mechanism, attempts to move data from the security mechanism to the Internet 750 , scanning of the network 700 , password breaking attempts, and so on.
- the security device 760 may alert the business owner. For example, the security device 760 may sound an audible alarm, email or send text messages to the computers 730 and/or handheld devices 734 , 736 , send a message to the business's cars 746 , 748 , flash lights, or trigger the security system's 724 alarm. In some implementations, the security device 760 may also take preventive measures. For example, the security device 760 may disconnect the network 700 from the Internet 750 , may disconnect specific devices from the network 700 (e.g., the server 732 or the manufacturing machines 704 ), may turn some network-connected devices off, and/or may lock the building.
- the security device 760 may disconnect the network 700 from the Internet 750 , may disconnect specific devices from the network 700 (e.g., the server 732 or the manufacturing machines 704 ), may turn some network-connected devices off, and/or may lock the building.
- the security device 760 may allow the business owner to monitor her network 700 , either when an infiltration is taking place or at any other time. For example, the security device 760 may provide a display of the devices currently connected to the network 700 , including flagging any devices connected to the wireless network that do not appear to be part of the business. The security device 760 may further display what each device is currently doing, who is using them, how much energy each device is presently using, and/or how much network bandwidth each device is using. The security device 760 may also be able to store this information and provide historic configuration and/or usage of the network 700 .
- the security device 760 may have a display it can use to show information to the business owner. Alternatively or additionally, the security device 760 may provide this information to a software application that can run on a desktop or laptop computer, a tablet, or a smartphone. Alternatively or additionally, the security device 760 may format this information for display through a web browser.
- the business owner may further be able to control devices on the network 700 through an interface provided by the security device 760 , including, for example, turning devices on or off, adjusting settings on devices, configuring user accounts, and so on.
- the business owner may also be able to view any security mechanisms presently deployed, and may be able to re-configure the security mechanisms, turn them off, or turn them on.
- IoT networks can also include industrial control systems.
- Industrial control system is a general term that encompasses several types of control systems, including supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems, distributed control systems (DCS) and other control system configurations, such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), often found in the industrial sectors and infrastructures.
- SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition
- DCS distributed control systems
- PLCs Programmable Logic Controllers
- Industrial control systems are often found in industries such as electrical, water and wastewater, oil and natural gas, chemical, transportation, pharmaceutical, pulp and paper, food and beverage, and discrete manufacturing (e.g., automotive, aerospace, and durable goods). While a large percentage of industrial control systems may be privately owned and operated, federal agencies also operate many industrial processes, such as air traffic control systems and materials handling (e.g., Postal Service mail handling).
- FIG. 8 illustrates an example of the basic operation of an industrial control system 800 .
- an industrial control system 800 may include a control loop 802 , a human-machine interface 806 , and remote diagnostics and maintenance 808 .
- the example industrial control system can be defended by a network threat detection and analysis system, which can include a deception center 898 and a security services provider 896 .
- a control loop 802 may consist of sensors 812 , controller 804 hardware such as PLCs, actuators 810 , and the communication of variables 832 , 834 .
- the sensors 812 may be used for measuring variables in the system, while the actuators 810 may include, for example, control valves breakers, switches, and motors. Some of the sensors 812 may be deceptions sensors.
- Controlled variables 834 may be transmitted to the controller 804 from the sensors 812 .
- the controller 804 may interpret the controlled variables 834 and generates corresponding manipulated variables 832 , based on set points provided by controller interaction 830 .
- the controller 804 may then transmit the manipulated variables 832 to the actuators 810 .
- the actuators 810 may drive a controlled process 814 (e.g., a machine on an assembly line).
- the controlled process 814 may accept process inputs 822 (e.g., raw materials) and produce process outputs 824 (e.g., finished products).
- New information 820 provided to the controlled process 814 may result in new sensor 812 signals, which identify the state of the controlled process 814 and which may also transmitted to the controller 804 .
- the sensors 812 can also provide the deception center 898 with visibility into the industrial control system 800 , such as for example being able to present or project deceptive security mechanisms into the industrial control system. Additionally, in various implementations, the sensors 812 may provide a portal through which a suspected attack on the industrial control system can be redirected to the deception center 898 . The deception center 898 and the sensors 812 may be able to communicate using network tunnels 880 .
- the deception center 898 provides network security for the industrial control system 800 by deploying security mechanisms into the industrial control system 800 , monitoring the industrial control system through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat.
- the industrial control system 800 can include more than one deception center 898 .
- the deception center may be located off-site, such as on the Internet.
- the deception center 898 may interact with a security services provider 896 located outside the industrial control system 800 .
- the security services provider 896 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple sites that are part of the industrial control system 800 , and/or for multiple separate, possibly unrelated, industrial control systems.
- the security services provider 896 may communicate with multiple deception centers 898 that each provide security for a different industrial control system 800 for the same organization.
- the security services provider 896 may coordinate the activities of the deception center 898 and the sensors 812 , such as enabling the deception center 898 and the sensors 812 to connect to each other.
- the security services provider 896 is located outside the industrial control system 800 .
- the security services provider 896 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network.
- the security services provider 896 may be an outside vendor.
- the security services provider 896 is controlled by the same entity as that controls the industrial control system.
- the network security system does not include a security services provider 896 .
- the human-machine interface 806 provides operators and engineers with an interface for controller interaction 830 .
- Controller interaction 830 may include monitoring and configuring set points and control algorithms, and adjusting and establishing parameters in the controller 804 .
- the human-machine interface 806 typically also receives information from the controller 804 that allows the human-machine interface 806 to display process status information and historical information about the operation of the control loop 802 .
- the remote diagnostics and maintenance 808 utilities are typically used to prevent, identify, and recover from abnormal operation or failures.
- the remote diagnostics and maintenance utilities 808 may monitor the operation of each of the controller 804 , sensors 812 , and actuators 810 .
- the remote diagnostics and maintenance 808 utilities may provide recovery information and instructions to one or more of the controller 804 , sensors 812 , and/or actuators 810 .
- a typical industrial control system contains many control loops, human-machine interfaces, and remote diagnostics and maintenance tools, built using an array of network protocols on layered network architectures.
- multiple control loops are nested and/or cascading, with the set point for one control loop being based on process variables determined by another control loop.
- Supervisory-level control loops and lower-level control loops typically operate continuously over the duration of a process, with cycle times ranging from milliseconds to minutes.
- SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition
- SCADA systems are used to control dispersed assets, where centralized data acquisition is typically as important as control of the system.
- SCADA systems are used in distribution systems such as, for example, water distribution and wastewater collection systems, oil and natural gas pipelines, electrical utility transmission and distribution systems, and rail and other public transportation systems, among others.
- SCADA systems typically integrate data acquisition systems with data transmission systems and human-machine interface software to provide a centralized monitoring and control system for numerous process inputs and outputs.
- SCADA systems are typically designed to collect field information, transfer this information to a central computer facility, and to display the information to an operator in a graphic and/or textual manner. Using this displayed information, the operator may, in real time, monitor and control an entire system from a central location. In various implementations, control of any individual sub-system, operation, or task can be automatic, or can be performed by manual commands.
- FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a SCADA system 900 , here used for distributed monitoring and control.
- This example SCADA system 900 includes a primary control center 902 and three field sites 930 a - 930 c .
- a backup control center 904 provides redundancy in case of there is a malfunction at the primary control center 902 .
- the primary control center 902 in this example includes a control server 906 —which may also be called a SCADA server or a Master Terminal Unit (MTU) —and a local area network (LAN) 918 .
- the primary control center 902 may also include a human-machine interface station 908 , a data historian 910 , engineering workstations 912 , and various network equipment such as printers 914 , each connected to the LAN 918 .
- the control server 906 typically acts as the master of the SCADA system 900 .
- the control server 906 typically includes supervisory control software that controls lower-level control devices, such as Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) and PLCs, located at the field sites 930 a - 930 c .
- the software may tell the system 900 what and when to monitor, what parameter ranges are acceptable, and/or what response to initiate when parameters are outside of acceptable values.
- the control server 906 of this example may access Remote Terminal Units and/or PLCs at the field sites 930 a - 930 c using a communications infrastructure, which may include radio-based communication devices, telephone lines, cables, and/or satellites.
- the control server 906 is connected to a modem 916 , which provides communication with serial-based radio communication 920 , such as a radio antenna.
- serial-based radio communication 920 such as a radio antenna.
- the control server 906 can communicate with field sites 930 a - 930 b using radiofrequency signals 922 .
- Some field sites 930 a - 930 b may have radio transceivers for communicating back to the control server 906 .
- a human-machine interface station 908 is typically a combination of hardware and software that allows human operators to monitor the state of processes in the SCADA system 900 .
- the human-machine interface station 908 may further allow operators to modify control settings to change a control objective, and/or manually override automatic control operations, such as in the event of an emergency.
- the human-machine interface station 908 may also allow a control engineer or operator to configure set points or control algorithms and parameters in a controller, such as a Remote Terminal Unit or a PLC.
- the human-machine interface station 908 may also display process status information, historical information, reports, and other information to operators, administrators, mangers, business partners, and other authorized users.
- the location, platform, and interface of a human-machine interface station 908 may vary.
- the human-machine interface station 908 may be a custom, dedicated platform in the primary control center 902 , a laptop on a wireless LAN, or a browser on a system connected to the Internet.
- the data historian 910 in this example is a database for logging all process information within the SCADA system 900 . Information stored in this database can be accessed to support analysis of the system 900 , for example for statistical process control or enterprise level planning.
- the backup control center 904 may include all or most of the same components that are found in the primary control center 902 . In some cases, the backup control center 904 may temporarily take over for components at the primary control center 902 that have failed or have been taken offline for maintenance. In some cases, the backup control center 904 is configured to take over all operations of the primary control center 902 , such as when the primary control center 902 experiences a complete failure (e.g., is destroyed in a natural disaster).
- the primary control center 902 may collect and log information gathered by the field sites 930 a - 930 c and display this information using the human-machine interface station 908 .
- the primary control center 902 may also generate actions based on detected events.
- the primary control center 902 may, for example, poll field devices at the field sites 930 a - 930 c for data at defined intervals (e.g., 5 or 60 seconds), and can send new set points to a field device as required.
- the primary control center 902 may also watch for priority interrupts coming from the alarm systems at the field sites 930 a - 930 c.
- the primary control center 902 uses point-to-point connections to communication with three field sites 930 a - 930 c , using radio telemetry for two communications with two of the field sites 930 a - 930 b .
- the primary control center 902 uses a wide area network (WAN) 960 to communicate with the third field site 930 c .
- WAN wide area network
- the primary control center 902 may use other communication topologies to communicate with field sites. Other communication topologies include rings, stars, meshes, trees, lines or series, and busses or multi-drops, among others.
- Standard and proprietary communication protocols may be used to transport information between the primary control center 902 and field sites 930 a - 930 c . These protocols may use telemetry techniques such as provided by telephone lines, cables, fiber optics, and/or radiofrequency transmissions such as broadcast, microwave, and/or satellite communications.
- a first field site 930 a may include a PLC 932 .
- a PLC is a small industrial computer originally designed to perform the logic functions formerly executed by electrical hardware (such as relays, switches, and/or mechanical timers and counters). PLCs have evolved into controllers capable of controlling complex processes, and are used extensively in both SCADA systems and distributed control systems. Other controllers used at the field level include process controllers and Remote Terminal Units, which may provide the same level of control as a PLC but may be designed for specific control applications. In SCADA environments, PLCs are often used as field devices because they are more economical, versatile, flexible, and configurable than special-purpose controllers.
- the PLC 932 at a field site may control local actuators 934 , 936 and monitor local sensors 938 , 940 , 942 .
- actuators include valves 934 and pumps 936 , among others.
- sensors include level sensors 938 , pressure sensors 940 , and flow sensors 942 , among others.
- Any of the actuators 934 , 936 or sensors 938 , 940 , 942 may be “smart” actuators or sensors, more commonly called intelligent electronic devices (IEDs). Intelligent electronic devices may include intelligence for acquiring data, communicating with other devices, and performing local processing and control.
- IEDs intelligent electronic devices
- An intelligent electronic device could combine an analog input sensor, analog output, low-level control capabilities, a communication system, and/or program memory in one device.
- the use of intelligent electronic devices in SCADA systems and distributed control systems may allow for automatic control at the local level.
- Intelligent electronic devices such as protective relays, may communicate directly with the control server 906 .
- a local Remote Terminal Unit may poll intelligent electronic devices to collect data, which it may then pass to the control server 906 .
- Field sites 930 a - 930 c are often equipped with remote access capability that allows field operators to perform remote diagnostics and repairs.
- the first remote 930 a may include a modem 916 connected to the PLC 932 .
- a remote access 950 site may be able to, using a dial up connection, connect to the modem 916 .
- the remote access 950 site may include its own modem 916 for dialing into to the field site 930 a over a telephone line.
- an operator may use a computer 952 connected to the modem 916 to perform diagnostics and repairs on the first field site 930 a.
- the example SCADA system 900 includes a second field site 930 b , which may be provisioned in substantially the same way as the first field site 930 a , having at least a modem and a PLC or Remote Terminal that controls and monitors some number of actuators and sensors.
- the example SCADA system 900 also includes a third field site 930 c that includes a network interface card (NIC) 944 for communicating with the system's 900 WAN 960 .
- the third field site 930 c includes a Remote Terminal Unit 946 that is responsible for controlling local actuators 934 , 936 and monitoring local sensors 938 , 940 , 942 .
- a Remote Terminal Unit also called a remote telemetry unit, is a special-purpose data acquisition and control unit typically designed to support SCADA remote stations. Remote Terminal Units may be field devices equipped with wireless radio interfaces to support remote situations where wire-based communications are unavailable. In some cases, PLCs are implemented as Remote Terminal Units.
- the SCADA system 900 of this example also includes a regional control center 970 and a corporate enterprise network 990 .
- the regional control center 970 may provide a higher level of supervisory control.
- the regional control center 970 may include at least a human-machine interface station 908 and a control server 906 that may have supervisory control over the control server 906 at the primary control center 902 .
- the corporate enterprise network 990 typically has access, through the system's 900 WAN 960 , to all the control centers 902 , 904 and to the field sites 930 a - 930 c .
- the corporate enterprise network 990 may include a human-machine interface station 908 so that operators can remotely maintain and troubleshoot operations.
- DCS distributed control system
- Distributed control systems are typically used to control production systems within the same geographic location for industries such as oil refineries, water and wastewater management, electric power generation plants, chemical manufacturing plants, and pharmaceutical processing facilities, among others. These systems are usually process control or discrete part control systems.
- Process control systems may be processes that run continuously, such as manufacturing processes for fuel or steam flow in a power plant, for petroleum production in a refinery, or for distillation in a chemical plant.
- Discrete part control systems have processes that have distinct processing steps, typically with a distinct start and end to each step, such as found in food manufacturing, electrical and mechanical parts assembly, and parts machining.
- Discrete-based manufacturing industries typically conduct a series of steps on a single item to create an end product.
- a distributed control system typically uses a centralized supervisory control loop to mediate a group of localized controllers that share the overall tasks of carrying out an entire production process. By modularizing the production system, a distributed control system may reduce the impact of a single fault on the overall system.
- a distributed control system is typically interfaced with a corporate network to give business operations a view of the production process.
- FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a distributed control system 1000 .
- This example distributed control system 1000 encompasses a production facility, including bottom-level production processes at a field level 1004 , supervisory control systems at a supervisory level 1002 , and a corporate or enterprise layer.
- a control server 1006 operating as a supervisory controller, may communicate with subordinate systems via a control network 1018 .
- the control server 1006 may send set points to distributed field controllers, and may request data from the distributed field controllers.
- the supervisory level 1002 may include multiple control servers 1006 , with one acting as the primary control server and the rest acting as redundant, back-up control servers.
- the supervisory level 1002 may also include a main human-machine interface 1008 for use by operators and engineers, a data historian 1010 for logging process information from the system 1000 , and engineering workstations 1012 .
- the system 1000 may include various distributed field controllers.
- the distributed control system 1000 includes a machine controller 1020 , a PLC 1032 , a process controller 1040 , and a single loop controller 1044 .
- the distributed field controllers may each control local process actuators, based on control server 1006 commands and sensor feedback from local process sensors.
- the machine controller 1020 drives a motion control network 1026 .
- the machine controller 1020 may control a number of servo drives 1022 , which may each drive a motor.
- the machine controller 1020 may also drive a logic control bus 1028 to communicate with various devices 1024 .
- the machine controller 1020 may use the logic control bus 1028 to communicate with pressure sensors, pressure regulators, and/or solenoid valves, among other devices.
- One or more of the devices 1024 may be an intelligent electronic device.
- a human-machine interface 1008 may be attached to the machine controller 1020 to provide an operator with local status information about the processes under control of the machine controller 1020 , and/or local control of the machine controller 1020 .
- a modem 1016 may also be attached to the machine controller 1020 to provide remote access to the machine controller 1020 .
- the PLC 1032 in this example system 1000 uses a fieldbus 1030 to communicate with actuators 1034 and sensors 1036 under its control.
- actuators 1034 and sensors 1036 may include, for example, direct current (DC) servo drives, alternating current (AC) servo drives, light towers, photo eyes, and/or proximity sensors, among others.
- a human-machine interface 1008 may also be attached to the fieldbus 1030 to provide operators with local status and control for the PLC 1032 .
- a modem 1016 may also be attached to the PLC 1032 to provide remote access to the PLC 1032 .
- the process controller 1040 in this example system 1000 also uses a fieldbus 1030 to communicate with actuators and sensors under its control, one or more of which may be intelligent electronic devices.
- the process controller 1040 may communicate with its fieldbus 1030 through an input/output (I/O) server 1042 .
- An I/O server is a control component typically responsible for collecting, buffering, and/or providing access to process information from control sub-components.
- An I/O server may be used for interfacing with third-party control components.
- Actuators and sensors under control of the process controller 1040 may include, for example, pressure regulators, pressure sensors, temperature sensors, servo valves, and/or solenoid valves, among others.
- the process controller 1040 may be connected to a modem 1016 so that a remote access 1050 site may access the process controller 1040 .
- the remote access 1050 site may include a computer 1052 for use by an operator to monitor and control the process controller 1040 .
- the computer 1052 may be connected to a local modem 1016 for dialing in to the modem 1016 connected to the process controller 1040 .
- the illustrated example system 1000 also includes a single loop controller 1044 .
- the single loop controller 1044 interfaces with actuators 1034 and sensors 1036 with point-to-point connections, instead of a fieldbus.
- Point-to-point connections require a dedicated connection for each actuator 1034 and each sensor 1036 .
- Fieldbus networks do not need point-to-point connections between a controller and individual field sensors and actuators.
- a fieldbus allows greater functionality beyond control, including field device diagnostics.
- a fieldbus can accomplish control algorithms within the fieldbus, thereby avoiding signal routing back to a PLC for every control operation. Standard industrial communication protocols are often used on control networks and fieldbus networks.
- the single loop controller 1044 in this example is also connected to a modem 1016 , for remote access to the single loop controller.
- the distributed control system 1000 may also include intermediate levels of control.
- intermediate levels of control For example, in the case of a distributed control system controlling a discrete part manufacturing facility, there could be an intermediate level supervisor for each cell within the plant. This intermediate level supervisor could encompass a manufacturing cell containing a machine controller that processes a part, and a robot controller that handles raw stock and final products. Additionally, the distributed control system could include several of these cells that manage field-level controllers under the main distributed control system supervisory control loop.
- the distributed control system may include a corporate or enterprise layer, where an enterprise network 1080 may connect to the example production facility.
- the enterprise network 1080 may be, for example, located at a corporate office co-located with the facility, and connected to the control network 1018 in the supervisory level 1002 .
- the enterprise network 1080 may provide engineers and managers with control and visibility into the facility.
- the enterprise network 1080 may further include Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES) 1092 , control systems for managing and monitoring work-in-process on a factory floor.
- MES Manufacturing Execution Systems
- An MES can track manufacturing information in real time, receiving up-to-the-minute data from robots, machine monitors and employees.
- the enterprise network 1080 may also include Management Information Systems (MIS) 1094 , software and hardware applications that implement, for example, decision support systems, resource and people management applications, project management, and database retrieval applications, as well as basic business functions such as order entry and accounting.
- MIS Management Information Systems
- the enterprise network 1080 may further include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems 1096 , business process management software that allows an organization to use a system of integrated applications to manage the business and automate many back office functions related to technology, services, and human resources.
- ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
- the enterprise network 1080 may further be connected to a WAN 1060 .
- the enterprise network 1080 may connect to a distributed plant 1098 , which may include control loops and supervisory functions similar to the illustrated facility, but which may be at a different geographic location.
- the WAN 1060 may also connect the enterprise network to the outside world 1090 , that is, to the Internet and/or various private and public networks.
- the WAN 1060 may itself include the Internet, so that the enterprise network 1080 accesses the distributed plant 1098 over the Internet.
- PLCs Programmable Logic Controllers
- SCADA systems and distributed control systems use Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) as the control components of an overall hierarchical system.
- PLCs can provide local management of processes through feedback control, as described above.
- a PLC can provide the same functionality as a Remote Terminal Unit.
- PLCs can be implemented as local controllers within a supervisory scheme.
- PLCs can have user-programmable memory for storing instructions, where the instructions implement specific functions such as I/O control, logic, timing, counting, proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control, communication, arithmetic, and data and file processing.
- FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a PLC 1132 implemented in a manufacturing control process 1100 .
- the PLC 1132 in this example monitors and controls various devices over fieldbus network 1130 .
- the PLC 1132 may be connected to a LAN 1118 .
- An engineering workstation 1112 may also be connected to the LAN 1118 , and may include a programming interface that provides access to the PLC 1132 .
- a data historian 1110 on the LAN 1118 may store data produced by the PLC 1132 .
- the PLC 1132 can also be connected to a model 1116 , which enables remote access to the PLC 1132 .
- the PLC 1132 in this example may control a number of devices attached to its fieldbus network 1130 . These devices may include actuators, such as a DC servo drive 1122 , an AC drive 1124 , a variable frequency drive 1134 , and/or a light tower 1138 .
- the PLC 1132 may also monitor sensors connected to the fieldbus network 1130 , such as proximity sensors 1136 , and/or a photo eye 1142 .
- a human-machine interface 1108 may also be connected to the fieldbus network 1130 , and may provide local monitoring and control of the PLC 1132 .
- Industrial control systems and corporate networking systems are often interconnected as a result of several changes in information management practices, operational, and business needs.
- the demand for remote access has encouraged many organizations to establish connections to the industrial control system that enable of industrial control systems engineers and support personnel to monitor and control the system from points outside the control network.
- Many organizations have also added connections between corporate networks and industrial control systems networks to allow the organization's decision makers to obtain access to critical data about the status of their operational systems and to send instructions for the manufacture or distribution of product.
- Remote access can be accomplished, for example, using a telephone number, and sometimes an access control credential (e.g., valid ID, and/or a password). Remote access may provide support staff with administrative-level access to a system. Adversaries with war dialers—simple personal computer programs that dial consecutive phone numbers looking for modems—and password cracking software could gain access to systems through these remote access capabilities. Passwords used for remote access are often common to all implementations of a particular vendor's systems and may have not been changed by the end user. These types of connections can leave a system highly vulnerable because people entering systems through vendor-installed modems are may be granted high levels of system access.
- an access control credential e.g., valid ID, and/or a password
- Access links such as dial-up modems open for remote diagnostics, maintenance, and monitoring.
- control systems increasingly utilize wireless communications systems, which can be vulnerable.
- Access links not protected with authentication and/or encryption have the increased risk of adversaries using these unsecured connections to access remotely controlled systems. This could lead to an adversary compromising the integrity of the data in transit as well as the availability of the system, both of which can result in an impact to public and plant safety.
- Data encryption may be a solution, but may not be the appropriate solution in all cases.
- the systems and methods discussed above can be used to implement a deception system that uses network tunnels to project deception mechanisms from a deception farm into a network. The network can then be monitored and defended by the deception mechanisms.
- FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate an example of a network deception system 1200 configured to provide deception mechanisms for a site network 1204 .
- a site network 1204 is a network installed at a customer site, such as a business, an office complex, an educational institution, or a private home. Some or all of the site network 1204 may be “in the cloud,” meaning that some or all of the site network 1204 is hosted by a cloud services provider.
- the example site network 1204 includes various network infrastructure devices 1274 , such as routers, switches, hubs, repeaters, and gateway devices 1262 , among others. Gateway devices 1262 can provide the site network 1204 access to other networks.
- the example site network 1204 also includes various other network devices 1276 a - 1276 d , such as servers, desktop computers, laptop computers, netbook computers, tablet computers, personal digital assistants, smartphones, smart home assistants, printers, scanners, and/or other network devices, among others.
- the example site network 1204 can also include other electronic devices that have network interfaces, such as televisions, gaming consoles, thermostats, refrigerators, and so on.
- Some of the network devices 1276 a - 1276 d may be virtual; for example, some network devices may be virtual machines.
- the site network 1204 can include wired and/or wireless segments.
- the site network 1204 can have one or more broadcast domains.
- a broadcast domain is a logical division within a network, in which all the nodes can reach other nodes in the network using broadcast packets.
- all the network devices connected to the same repeater or switch are in the same broadcast domain.
- routers frequently form the boundaries of a broadcast domain.
- the network deception system 1200 can provide deception mechanisms (also referred to herein as deceptions) for the broadcast domains in the site network 1204 .
- a deception mechanism can be a network device that is added to the site network 1204 as a decoy.
- the deception mechanisms do not participate in the ordinary activities of the site network 1204 , where the ordinary activities include functions for which the site network 1204 was set up.
- ordinary activities can include transferring data between webservers, responding to external requests for webpages, conducting database searches, and so on.
- ordinary activities can include storing data, providing data to network devices 1276 a - 1276 b where engineers work, executing compilation software, and so on.
- Ordinary activities of the site network 1204 do not normally include exchanging network traffic with deception mechanisms. Exceptions can include, for example, broadcast and multicast network traffic, and/or accesses for purposes of administrating the deception mechanisms. Because the deception mechanisms do not participate in the ordinary activities of the site network 1204 , any network access to a deception mechanism is automatically suspect. The deception mechanisms can thus be used to detect suspicious activity within the site network 1204 , where the suspicious activity may be generated by a network threat.
- the network deception system 1200 can include a deception farm 1240 .
- a deception farm can include a number of network devices, configured to operate as deception mechanisms. Similar to a server farm or a data center, deception mechanisms in a deception farm can be allocated to particular site networks and/or specific customers of the deception farm.
- the deception farm 1240 includes a network device, configured as a network emulator 1220 .
- the network emulator 1220 can be configured to host an emulated network 1216 , which can include a number of emulated network devices 1218 .
- the emulated network devices 1218 can mimic network devices that can be found in the site network 1204 .
- the emulated network devices 1218 can include emulated computers running Windows or Linux.
- the emulated network devices can further be configured with the specific versions and/or patch levels that are common among the network devices 1276 a - 1276 d in the site network 1204 .
- the emulated network devices 1218 can be simple or more complex deceptions, as the need requires.
- one or more of the emulated network devices 1218 may be super-low interaction deceptions (also referred to as address deceptions), low-interaction deceptions, or high-interaction deceptions.
- Low-interaction and high-interaction can also be referred to collectively as interactive deceptions.
- a super-low interaction deception is a deception mechanism that includes an network address, such as an IP address, and can also have a hardware address, such as a MAC address.
- Super-low-interaction deceptions can respond to simple queries about whether the network address is in use, and thus can establish that a node exists in the site network 1204 at the network address.
- Multiple super-low interaction deceptions can be hosted by an address deception engine, and can occupy few processing resources.
- Super-low interaction deceptions do not otherwise have dedicated hardware, and are not associated with an operating system or network services.
- a low interaction deception is an emulated system executing a basic installation of an operating system.
- a low-interaction deception can also be executing some network services.
- a low-interaction deception can be initiated when a network interaction with a particular network address becomes more complicated than simple queries about whether a network address is in use.
- a low-interaction deception can respond to network traffic for multiple network addresses, where the responses may be formatted as appropriate for the operating system executing on the low-interaction deception.
- a low-interaction deception can thus represent multiple nodes in the site network 1204 .
- a high-interaction deception is an emulated system configured to resemble a network device that may be found in the site network.
- a high-interaction deception may have a particular variation of an operating system installed, may have certain services and ports available, and may have a usage history in the form of data and log files.
- a high-interaction deception can be the most convincing type deception, and can be initiated when a network interaction escalates to a serious probe of a network device.
- the deception farm 1240 can be located remotely from the site network 1204 . “Remotely” can mean that the deception farm 1240 is in a different network domain, and/or is outside of the security perimeter of the site network 1204 . Stated another way, the deception farm 1240 can connect to the site network 1204 over other, intermediate networks 1250 .
- the intermediate networks 1250 can be public and/or private and can include, for example, the Internet.
- the deception farm 1240 can be connected, using a network tunnel 1222 , to a network device in the site network, where the network device is configured as a projection point 1210 .
- the network device configured as a projection point 1210 can be, for example, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a server computer, a hand-held computer, or some other computing device that includes an integrated circuit configured as a processor, memory, and a network interface.
- the projection point 1210 can be a network infrastructure device, such as a switch.
- the projection point 1210 can be a virtual machine.
- a site network can include multiple projection points, each connected to the deception farm 1240 by a network tunnel.
- the projection point 1210 can serve as an endpoint for a network tunnel 1222 .
- the other end of the network tunnel 1222 can terminate at tunneling endpoint 1214 in the deception farm 1240 .
- the tunneling endpoint 1214 can be a physical or a virtual switch.
- the tunneling endpoint 1214 can be hosted by a network device, such as a server or desktop computer.
- a network device that hosts the tunneling endpoint 1214 can be configured as a tunneling and traffic manager, possibly also as a configuration manager, as discussed further below.
- the tunneling endpoint 1214 can provide physical port through which the network emulator 1220 (and other devices hosted by the deception farm 1240 ) can be connected to other networks 1250 .
- the tunnel 1222 between the deception farm 1240 and the projection point 1210 can be configured using various tunneling protocols.
- tunneling protocols and network protocols that include tunneling include Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), IP in IP, point-to-point tunneling protocols (PPTP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), and Virtual Extensible Local Area Network (VXLAN), among others.
- ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol
- PPTP point-to-point tunneling protocols
- TCP Transmission Control Protocol
- VXLAN Virtual Extensible Local Area Network
- a tunneling managing can configure the tunnel 1222 to be secure, using various tunneling security protocols.
- tunneling security protocols include Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE), Internet Protocol Security (IPsec), and secure socket layer (SSL), among others.
- GRE Generic Routing Encapsulation
- IPsec Internet Protocol Security
- SSL secure socket layer
- the deception farm 1240 can obtain network addresses in each of the broadcast domains of the site network 1204 .
- each broadcast domain may have a server running Domain Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
- DHCP Domain Host Configuration Protocol
- a configuration manager can request network addresses from a DHCP server, and thereby obtain network addresses for the domain in which the DHCP server is running. The configuration manager can then assign these network addresses to emulated network devices 1218 in the emulated network 1216 .
- the emulated network devices 1218 can appear indistinguishable from legitimate network devices 1276 a - 1276 d in the site network 1204 .
- network addresses can be manually configured for the deception farm 1240 , for example by network administrators of the site network 1204 and/or by administrators of the deception farm 1240 .
- deceptions can be provided to the site network 1204 using appliances installed in the site network 1204 itself.
- a local network emulator can be installed in the site network 1204 .
- the local network emulator can also connect to a projection point in the site network 1204 , which can be the same projection point 1210 that is connected to the deception farm 1240 or can be a different projection point.
- the local network emulator can further obtain network addresses that are local to the site network 1204 .
- the local network emulator can further assign these network addresses to emulated network devices executing in the network emulator.
- the network tunnel 1222 enables the emulated network devices 1218 to be “projected” into the site network 1204 .
- FIG. 12B illustrates an example in which the emulated network 1216 has been connected to the site network 1204 using the network tunnel 1222 .
- a tunnel is a mechanism that can be used to transmit network traffic that has one network protocol over a network that normally would not support the network protocol.
- Tunneling uses the packet encapsulation, in which a header and sometimes also a trailer is added to a packet.
- the original packet becomes the data portion of a new packet.
- a network device 1276 a in the site network 1204 can address a packet to an emulated network device 1218 in the deception farm 1240 .
- the projection point 1210 as one endpoint of the tunnel 1222 , can add one or more headers to the packet, where the headers can be formatted according to a tunneling protocol.
- the tunneling endpoint 1214 can remove the headers added by the projection point 1210 , and produce the original packet.
- the tunneling endpoint 1214 can then put the original packet on the emulated network 1216 , where the original packet can be treated in the same way as the packet would be treated in the site network 1204 .
- the effect of the network tunnel 1222 can thus be to make the emulated network devices 1218 appear as nodes in the site network 1204 .
- Network devices projected into a site network 1204 will be referred to herein in as projected nodes 1242 .
- the emulated network devices 1218 can be given network addresses that are in a broadcast domain of the site network 1204 .
- the projected nodes 1242 can thus appear as network neighbors, in the same broadcast domain, as the network devices 1276 a - 1276 d in the site network 1204 .
- the network devices 1276 a - 1276 d may have IP addresses 10.10.1.1200, 10.10.1.101, 10.10.1.102, and 10.10.1.103.
- the emulated network devices can thus be assigned, for example, IP address 10.10.1.1204, 10.10.1.105, 10.10.1.106, and 10.10.1.107. So configured, the emulated network devices 1218 can receive broadcast traffic sent within the site network 1204 .
- Being a network neighbor can mean that the projected nodes 1242 can be treated by the site network 1204 , and by devices in the site network 1204 , in the same way as the legitimate network devices 1276 a - 1276 d in the site network 1204 .
- legitimate network device 1276 a - 1276 d occupies a particular network address
- each emulated network device 1218 also occupies a network address.
- a host discovery tool running from a first network device 1276 a can discover each emulated network device 1218 in the same way that the discovery tool discovers its neighbor network device 1276 b , without the tool determining any difference between the emulated network device 1218 and the legitimate network device 1276 b .
- network packets from the first network device 1276 a can be exchanged with one of the emulated network devices 1218 without seeming to leave the site network 1204 .
- network traffic originating outside of the site network 1204 can reach an emulated network device 1218 by being addressed to the site network 1204 .
- the tunnel 1222 provides a path for network traffic to be exchanged between devices in the site network 1204 and emulated devices in the emulated network 1216 .
- the projection point 1210 as the tunnel endpoint in the site network 1204 , can be configured to receive any network traffic that is addressed to one of the emulated network devices 1218 .
- This network traffic passes over the tunnel 1222 to emulated network 1216 in the deception farm 1240 , where the network traffic can be directed to the appropriate emulated network device 1218 .
- network traffic from an emulated network device 1218 can pass over the tunnel back to the site network 1204 .
- the tunnel 1222 can be transparent, and may not visible to the network devices 1276 a - 1276 d in the site network.
- the projection point 1210 can also hide itself, so that the projection point's function as a tunnel endpoint cannot be readily discovered.
- the projection point 1210 can have a network address within the site network 1204 that is distinct from any network address assigned to the emulated network devices 1218 .
- the projection point 1210 may hide its own network address by not responding to any network traffic that is addressed to projection point's network address.
- the emulated network 1216 can also be dynamically reconfigured.
- FIG. 12C illustrates an example of the network deception system 1200 , where the emulated network 1216 has been reconfigured.
- the emulated network 1216 can be reconfigured in response to network traffic 1224 received by emulated network 1216 from the site network 1204 .
- network traffic 1224 may be received that indicates that one of the network devices 1276 c in the site network 1204 is attempting to connect with an emulated network device 1218 .
- the connection attempt may be suspicious, so the network emulator 1220 may “escalate” a deception to respond to the connection attempt.
- a low-interaction deception may be switched to a high-interaction deception.
- reconfiguring the emulated network 1216 can also include adding and/or removing deception mechanisms in response to network traffic 1224 received by the emulated network 1216 .
- a network threat may have connected to one of the emulated network devices 1218 from a network device 1276 c in the site network 1204 . The network threat may then attempt to connect from the emulated network device 1218 to a legitimate network device 1276 a in the site network 1204 .
- the network emulator 1220 can add an emulated network device 1286 a that is configured to resemble the legitimate network device 1276 a that the network threat is attempting to reach.
- the new emulated network device 1286 a can have the same MAC and IP address as the legitimate network device 1276 a .
- the new emulated network device 1286 a can also have the same operating system or a similar operating system as the legitimate network device 1276 a , and be running the same or similar services.
- the network threat can be kept contained within the emulated network 1216 .
- the network threat might also not be aware that, by moving to the new emulated network device 1286 a , the network threat has not left the emulated network 1216 .
- the network emulator 1220 may also add emulated network devices 1286 b - 1286 c to mimic other network devices 1276 b - 1276 c in the site network 1204 . Thus, no matter which network device the network threat attempts to move to, threat can be contained to the emulated network.
- the network emulator 1220 can provide isolation mechanisms between the emulated network 1216 and the site network 1204 .
- the network emulator 1220 can include packet filters. Packet filters can prevent packets to or from the new emulated network devices 1286 a - 1286 c to go back over the tunnel 1222 to the site network 1204 . Packet filters can also prevent some broadcast network traffic originating in the emulate network 1216 from going across the tunnel 1222 .
- Packet filters and other isolation mechanisms can also prevent any problems that can be caused by two network devices (e.g., a legitimate network device 1276 a and a corresponding an emulated network device 1286 a that mimics the legitimate network device 1276 a ) appearing to be identical, including having identical MAC and IP addresses. For example, network traffic can be allowed to flow into the emulated network 1216 , but not out.
- two network devices e.g., a legitimate network device 1276 a and a corresponding an emulated network device 1286 a that mimics the legitimate network device 1276 a
- network traffic can be allowed to flow into the emulated network 1216 , but not out.
- reconfiguring the emulated network 1216 can also include adding and/or removing deception mechanism for purposes other than mimicking the network devices 1276 a - 1276 d in the site network 1204 .
- the network emulator 1220 can occasionally remove and/or add emulated network devices 1218 to simulate network devices disconnecting and reconnecting to the site network 1204 . This behavior can mimic, for example, a user leaving the office with her laptop at the end of the day and coming back the next day.
- the network emulator 1220 can add emulated network devices 1218 that have open ports or appear to have valuable data, or are otherwise attractive as targets.
- the projection point 1210 can also project some simple deceptions.
- the projection point 1210 can be configured with one or more super-low interaction deceptions 1212 .
- a super-low interaction deception can respond to simple queries, such as ARP requests and/or other requests that ask whether a network address is occupied.
- the projection point 1210 can respond to such requests, and the requests need not be sent over the tunnel 1222 to the deception farm 1240 .
- the projection point 1210 can be hidden, such that network scanning tools may not readily identify the projection point 1210 .
- the projection point 1210 can avoid responding to any network traffic broadcast, multicast, or unicast to the projection point's network address.
- the network address of the projection point 1210 can be used as a network address of one of the super-low interaction deceptions 1212 hosted by the projection point 1210 .
- the projection point 1210 can continue to project emulated network devices 1218 into the site network 1204 .
- the projection point 1210 can also accept network traffic directed to an emulated network device 1218 .
- the projection point 1210 can send any network traffic for an emulated network device 1218 over the tunnel 1222 to the deception farm 1240 .
- a deception farm can provide deception mechanisms using emulated network devices and/or physical network devices.
- FIG. 13 illustrates an example of a network deception system 1300 configured to provide deception mechanisms for a site network 1304 .
- the example site network 1304 includes various network infrastructure devices 1374 , such as routers, switches, hubs, repeaters, and gateway devices 1362 , among others. Gateway devices 1362 can provide the site network 1304 access to other networks.
- the example site network 1304 also includes various other network devices 1376 a - 1376 d , which may be physical or virtual devices. In some cases, the site network 1304 can include wired and/or wireless segments.
- the network deception system 1300 can include a deception farm 1340 .
- the deception farm 1340 can include an emulated network 1316 that can include a number of emulated network devices 1318 .
- the emulated network devices 1318 can be configured to resemble the network devices 1376 a - 1376 d in the site network 1304 , including having similar hardware and software configurations.
- the emulated network devices 1318 can be, for example, super-low interaction deceptions, low-interaction deceptions, and/or high-interaction deceptions.
- the emulated network 1316 can be hosted by one or more network devices, such as server computers, which are not illustrated here.
- the deception farm 1340 can alternatively or additionally include a physical network 1330 , where the physical network 1330 includes physical network devices 1332 .
- a physical device in this example, can be a computing device (e.g., a chassis containing a circuit board and integrated circuit devices such as processors and memory), such as a laptop computer or a handheld device.
- physical devices 1332 in the physical network 1330 can alternatively or additionally include home appliances, such as network-enabled refrigerators, thermostats, televisions, gaming consoles, home security controllers, and so on.
- the physical devices 1332 can alternatively or additionally include machinery and/or factory equipment, such as Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines, 3-D printers, industrial robots, and so on.
- CNC Computer Numerical Control
- 3-D printers 3-D printers
- industrial robots and so on.
- physical devices that can be difficult to emulate can be added to the physical network 1330 .
- the deception farm 1340 can be located remotely from the site network 1304 .
- the deception farm 1340 can be in a different network domain, in a different geographical location, and/or outside of the security perimeter of the site network 1304 .
- the deception farm 1340 can communicate with the site network 1304 over intermediate network 1350 .
- the intermediate networks can be public and/or private, and can include, for example, the Internet.
- the deception farm 1340 can use a network tunnel 1322 to connect to a network device in the site network 1304 , where the network device is configured as a projection point 1310 .
- the projection point 1310 can serve as an endpoint of the tunnel 1322 .
- the other end of the tunnel 1322 can terminate at a tunneling endpoint 1314 in the deception farm 1340 .
- the tunneling endpoint 1314 can be hosted by a network device in the deception farm 1340 .
- the network device that hosts the tunneling endpoint 1314 can be configured as a tunneling and traffic manager and/or a configuration manager.
- the projection point 1310 can hide its presence from other devices in the site network 1304 , for example by hiding the network address used by the projection point 1310 .
- the physical devices 1332 in the deception farm 1340 can be projected into the site network 1304 .
- the network tunnel 1322 can provide a conduit for network traffic between network devices 1376 a - 1376 b in the site network 1304 and emulated network devices 1318 and/or physical devices 1332 in the deception farm 1340 .
- Services, such as packet encapsulation, provided by a tunneling protocol can enable network traffic to pass over the tunnel 1322 transparently, meaning that, from the point of the view of the network devices 1376 a - 1376 d in the site network 1304 and devices in the deception farm 1340 , the tunnel does not appear to exist.
- particular deceptions in the deception farm 1340 can be selected for projection into a site network.
- physical devices 1332 have been selected for projection into the example site network 1304 .
- the physical devices 1332 thus appear as projected nodes 1342 in the site network 1304 .
- the physical devices 1332 may have been selected because the physical devices 1332 are representative of the type of devices that can be found in the site network 1304 , because the physical devices 1332 are similar to the network devices 1376 a - 1376 d in the site network, because the physical devices 1332 , when present alongside the network devices 1376 a - 1376 d , appear as attractive targets for network threats, or for some other reason.
- it may have been determined that emulated network devices 1318 may not have been suitable at the present time, and/or may be useful deceptions at a later time.
- a network device configured as a configuration manager can determine the appropriate deceptions for the site network 1304 at any given time.
- the configuration manager can be located at the site network 1304 , at the deception farm 1340 , and/or at another network location, such as at a security services provider. In some implementations, the configuration manager can execute on the projection point 1310 .
- a configuration manager can obtain network addresses that are local to the site network 1304 . These network addresses can then be assigned, in the example of FIG. 13 , to the physical devices 1332 in the deception farm 1340 . With local network addresses, the physical network devices 1332 can appear as network neighbors of the network devices 1376 a - 1376 d in the site network 1304 .
- the network deception system 1300 can alternatively or additionally include physical devices, configured as deception mechanisms, that are in the site network 1304 itself.
- one or more physical devices which are designated for use as decoys, can be connected to available ports in the site network 1304 . Because these physical devices are intended for use as deceptions, these physical devices would not be used for the ordinary, legitimate uses of the site network 1304 . In this and similar examples, network traffic to these local physical devices need not be passed over the tunnel 1322 to the deception farm 1340 .
- a projection point in a site network can be configured to connect to more than one deception farm.
- FIG. 14 illustrates an example of a deception system 1400 that includes a projection point 1410 with network tunnels 1422 to multiple deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c.
- the projection point 1410 is providing deception mechanisms for a particular site network 1404 .
- the example site network 1404 includes various network infrastructure devices 1474 , such as routers, switches, hubs, repeaters, and gateway devices 1462 , among others. Gateway devices 1462 can provide the site network 1404 access to other networks.
- the example site network 1404 also includes various other network devices 1476 a - 1476 d , which may be physical or virtual devices. In some cases, the site network 1404 can include wired and/or wireless segments.
- the example site network 1404 also includes a network device configured as a project point 1410 .
- the projection point 1410 can act as an endpoint of one or more network tunnels 1422 , where each network tunnel 1422 terminates at a different deception farm 1440 a - 1440 b .
- the projection point 1410 can project deceptions from different deceptions farms 1440 a - 1440 b .
- the projection point 1410 is projecting one set of deceptions 1432 from a first deception farm 1440 a and a second set of deceptions 1434 from a second deception farm 1440 b .
- the first set of deceptions 1432 and the second set of deceptions 1434 thus appear as projected nodes 1442 in the site network 1404 .
- the deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c can be in different geographical locations. Alternatively or additionally, some of the deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c can be in the same geographical location. In some cases, one or more of the deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c can be in the same physical location as the site network 1404 .
- the projection point 1410 can connect to more than one deception farm 1440 a - 1440 b for different purposes.
- one deception farm 1440 a can be a back-up for the second deception farm 1440 b , such that, should the first deception farm 1440 a experience technical problems, the projection point 1410 can switch to the second deception farm 1440 b to obtain deceptions to project.
- the projection point 1410 may need more deceptions and the first deception farm 1440 a may be at full utilization, such that additional deceptions may not be available from the first deception farm 1440 a .
- the projection point 1410 can obtain additional deceptions from the second deception farm 1440 b .
- different deception farms may host different deceptions.
- the second deception farm 1440 b may have physical devices that are not available from the first deception farm 1440 a , and it may be determined that the projection point 1410 should project those physical devices.
- a network device configured as a configuration manager can determine to which deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c the projection point 1410 should be connected.
- the configuration manager can be located in the site network 1404 and be configured to communicate with the deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c .
- the configuration manager can be located at a deception farm 1440 a , and can coordinate with other deception farms 1440 b - 1440 c over intermediate networks 1450 .
- each deception farm 1440 a - 1440 c can include a configuration manager, and the various configuration managers can coordinate the activities of each deception farm 1440 a - 1440 c .
- the configuration manager can be located in another network, such as at a security services provider, and can coordinate between the projection point 1410 and the deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c over intermediate networks 1450 .
- a configuration manager can be running on the projection point 1410 .
- the configuration manager can be executing in a deception center.
- the configuration manager can be manually configured with profiles that describe the hardware and/or software configuration of the network devices 1476 a - 1476 d in the site network 1404 . Alternatively or additionally, the configuration manager can automatically and dynamically profile the network devices 1476 a - 1476 d . In various implementations, the configuration manager can use these profiles to determine suitable deceptions for the site network 1404 . For example, the configuration manager can select deceptions that are representative of typical devices found in the site network 1404 . Alternatively or additionally, the configuration manager can be configured with descriptions of the desired deceptions for the site network 1404 .
- the configuration manager can determine which deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c have suitable deceptions and/or have capacity to provide deceptions. For example, in the illustrated example, two of three available deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c were selected. The configuration manager can then configure network tunnels 1422 between the projection point 1410 and each selected deception farm 1440 a - 1440 b.
- the configuration manager can continuously monitor the deception needs for the site network 1404 . For example, when the site network 1404 appears to be experiencing a network attack, the configuration manager can determine that additional deceptions may be needed. In this example, the configuration manager may determine to obtain the additional deceptions from a third deception farm 1440 c , and thus configure tunnel 1422 between the projection point 1410 and the third deception farm 1440 c . Should the deceptions from the third deception farm 1440 c no longer be needed, in some cases, the configuration manager can remove the tunnel 1422 to the third deception farm 1440 c.
- the projection point 1410 can include context management logic. Context management can enable the projection point 1410 to manage network traffic between the network devices 1476 a - 1476 d and the different deception farms 1440 a - 1440 c . Specifically, when the projection point 1410 receives network traffic for a particular deception 1432 , the projection point's context management system can determine that the particular deception 1432 is located in the first deception farm 1440 a . The projection point 1410 can use this information to select the correct tunnel 1422 to send the network traffic through.
- the context information for each network tunnel 1422 can be maintained using, for example, tables, lists, associative arrays, databases, and/or another data structure.
- FIG. 15 illustrates an example of a deception system 1500 for a site network 1504 that incudes multiple sub-networks, or subnets 1508 a - 1508 c .
- a subnet is a logical group of devices in a larger network (e.g., the site network 1504 , in the illustrated example). Nodes in a subnet tend to be located in close proximity to one another within a local area network (LAN). Subnets enable a site's network administrators to partition a large network into logical segments, which may be easier to administer, including administration of network security. In many cases, the nodes in a subnet have a same subnet address, as well as an address that is distinct within the subnet.
- projection point 1510 a - 1510 c has been configured for each subnet 1508 a - 1508 c in the site network 1504 .
- a tunnel 1522 has been configured between each projection point 1510 and the deception farm 1540 .
- the deception farm 1540 can provide deceptions for each subnet 1508 a - 1510 c .
- the deception farm 1540 can maintain a set of deceptions for each subnet 1508 a - 1510 c , where, for example, the set of deceptions for the first subnet 1508 a have network addresses that are within the first subnet 1508 a (e.g., within the domain of the first subnet 1508 a ).
- a set of deceptions for the second subnet 1508 b can have network addresses that are within the second subnet 1508 b .
- a set of deceptions for the third subnet 1508 c can have network addresses that are within the third subnet 1508 c .
- more than one projection point can be installed in any particular subnet 1508 a - 1508 c , where the additional projection points are also connected to the deception farm 1540 .
- the deception farm 1540 can use various techniques to provide deceptions that are within different network address domains.
- the deception farm 1540 can be configured with multiple subnets.
- devices within a subnet can be assigned to a particular projection point 1510 a - 1510 c
- devices within a different subnet can be assigned to a different projection point 1510 a - 1510 c .
- an entire subnet within the deception farm 1540 can be assigned to one projection point 1510 a - 1510 c.
- the deception farm 1540 can include a software defined network (SDN).
- SDN software defined network
- network devices and/or network infrastructure can be configured in a software layer, independent from the underlying hardware.
- the deception farm 1540 can dynamically configure a virtual subnet, without needing to reconfigure network hardware within the deception farm 1540 .
- the virtual subnet can then be assigned to a particular projection point 1510 a - 1510 c , where the virtual subnet can provide deceptions for a particular subnet in the site network 1504 .
- the deception farm 1540 can include tunneling and traffic management logic.
- a network device configured as an endpoint for the tunnels 1522 can maintain a context for each tunnel 1522 .
- the context can include for example, which deceptions within the deception farm 1540 are associated with a particular tunnel 1522 , the network addresses for deceptions that are currently being used, and/or active connections between devices in the site network 1504 and deceptions in the deception farm 1540 .
- the network device can additionally or alternatively direct network traffic arriving over a tunnel 1522 to the appropriate deception mechanism.
- the network device can also manage establishing new tunnels to projection points, commissioning new deceptions for new tunnels, and/or decommissioning active deceptions when a tunnel is shut down.
- FIG. 16 illustrates an example of a network deception system 1600 , where multiple projection points 1610 a - 1610 d have been connected to multiple deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c .
- a first projection point 1610 a has been configured for a first site network 1604 a and a second projection point 1610 b has been configured for a second site network 1604 b .
- two projection points 1610 c - 1610 d have been configured for a third site network 1604 c.
- the first site network 1604 a and the second site network 1604 b are part of a same customer network 1602 . Being part of a same customer network 1602 means that the first 1604 a and second 1604 b site networks are controlled and/or administered by the same entity.
- both site networks 1604 a - 1604 b can be part of the same corporate VLAN.
- both site network 1604 a - 1604 b can be within the same broadcast domain.
- each site network 1604 a - 1604 b can be within a different broadcast domain.
- the two site networks 1604 a - 1604 b can be in physical proximity, such as being in the same office complex, but may have separate security perimeters, and hence are distinct site networks.
- the two site networks 1604 a - 1604 b can be in different geographical locations, and may connect to each other over intermediate, public and/or private networks.
- the customer network 1602 can include additional site networks, which are not illustrated here.
- the third site network 1604 c is controlled by a different entity. This may mean, for example, that the third site network 1604 c is independently administered from the site networks 1604 a - 1604 c in the customer network 1602 , and/or that a free exchange of data between the third site network 1604 c and the customer network 1602 is not anticipated.
- the projection points 1610 a - 1610 d in each site network 1604 a - 1604 c can be connected to one or more deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c .
- some of the projection points 1610 a - 1610 c are each connected to all three example deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c .
- a projection point need not be connected to all available deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c .
- one projection point 1610 d in the third site network 1604 c is connected to only two deception farms 1640 b - 1640 c .
- a projection point 1610 a - 1610 d can be connected to deception farms that are hosting suitable deceptions, that have capacity to provide deceptions, because a site network's deception needs have increased, and/or for some other reason.
- each projection point 1610 a - 1610 d and/or each deception farm 1640 a - 1640 b can include context management logic.
- the projection points 1610 a - 1610 d can maintain a context for each tunnel 1622 , such that the projection point 1610 a - 1610 d can track associations between projected deceptions and tunnels.
- the first projection point 1610 a can determine that a set of deceptions being projected by the first projection point 1610 a are being hosted by the second deception farm 1640 b , and that a different set of deceptions are being hosted by the third deception farm 1640 c .
- the projection points 1610 a - 1610 d are able to direct the network traffic over the appropriate tunnel a deception farm 1640 a - 1640 c.
- the deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c can also maintain a context. By maintaining a context, the deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c can direct network traffic between a deception hosted by a deception farm 1640 a - 1640 c to an appropriate site network 1604 a - 1604 c . In the case of the customer network 1602 , context management can ensure that network traffic does not flow across the tunnels 1622 in unexpected ways. For example, the first 1604 a and second 1604 b site networks may be in the same broadcast domain.
- the broadcast packet when a broadcast packet originates from a legitimate network device in the first site network 1604 a , the broadcast packet should be transmitted across the tunnels 1622 to any deceptions being projected into the first site network 1604 a . In some cases, however, the broadcast packet should not be transmitted from a deception farm 1640 a - 1640 c to the second site network 1604 b .
- Network tunnels can act as simple conduits that enable remote networks to function as one, unified network, where traffic flows across the tunnels as if the networks were directly connected.
- the deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c and/or projection points 1610 a - 1610 d can include filters and/or similar logic that prevents some packets from being transmitted from a site network 1604 a - 1604 c to a deception farm 1640 a - 1640 c and/or from a deception farm 1640 a - 1640 c to a site network 1604 a - 1604 c.
- the second site network 1604 b may receive the broadcast packet by some other route; for example, the first 1604 a and second 1604 b site networks may have a separate network tunnel, not illustrate here, where the separate network tunnel is part of the customer network's configuration.
- broadcast packet can be transmitted over the tunnels 1622 so that the packet can be received by deceptions for the customer network 1602 , but the broadcast packet should not be transmitted back to the customer network 1602 , or else the broadcast packet may appear twice in the second site network 1604 b .
- broadcast traffic originating from a deception in a deception farm 1640 a - 1640 c can be transmitted across the tunnels 1622 to the customer network 1602 , but, in some cases, should not be transmitted from the customer network 1602 back to the deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c.
- context management can include tracking the source of a packet, and determining whether the source is a legitimate network device or a deception.
- context management can be aided by systems that generate traffic for deceptions. For example, a network traffic generation system can inform the context management system of any network traffic being generated, where the network traffic is configured to appear to come from a deception.
- the projection points 1610 a - 1610 d and/or deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c can operate cooperatively, using, for example, packet exchanges (which may be encrypted) Alternatively or additionally, a deception center and/or security services provider can manage cooperation between the projection points 1610 a - 1610 d and/or deception farms 1640 a - 1640 c.
- a site network can be partially “in the cloud.”
- FIGS. 17A-17B illustrate an example where a site network includes a local segment 1704 and a cloud segment 1706 .
- the local segment 1704 of the site network can be where the human operators of the site network may be able to access and/or administer the site network.
- the local segment 1704 includes some network devices 1726 a - 1726 b , such as laptop, desktop, and/or handheld computers.
- the local segment 1704 can also include network infrastructure devices 1724 , such as routers, gateways, and/or wireless access points, that enable the network devices 1726 a - 1726 b to connect to a network.
- the local segment 1704 can be connected to the cloud segment 1706 over various intermediate, private and/or public networks.
- the cloud segment 1706 of the site network can be hosted by a cloud services provider 1754 .
- the cloud services provider 1754 can, for example, operate a data center, where hardware and/or software resources can be dynamically allocated to different customers at the same time or at different times.
- a set of network devices 1776 a - 1776 c and network infrastructure 1774 have been allocated to the cloud segment 1706 of the site network.
- the set of network devices 1776 a - 1776 c can, for example, have more bandwidth, processing capacity, functionality, and/or storage than is available in the local segment 1704 .
- the set of network devices 1776 a - 1776 c and the network infrastructure 1774 can include physical hardware and/or virtual machines.
- the set of network devices 1776 a - 1776 c and the network infrastructure 1774 can be a software defined network.
- the cloud services provider 1754 can include additional hardware and/or virtual resources that are allocated to other site networks, and which are not illustrated here.
- the local segment 1704 and the cloud segment 1706 of the site network can be in a same broadcast domain.
- the network devices 1726 a - 1726 b in the local segment 1704 can exchange network traffic with the network devices 1776 a - 1776 c in the cloud segment 1706 as though the local segment 1704 and the cloud segment 1706 were directly connected, and not connected by way of intermediate networks.
- the cloud services provider 1754 can provide an interface through which network devices 1726 a - 1726 b in the local segment 1704 communicate with the cloud segment 1706 .
- the cloud segment 1706 can be kept isolated from the local segment 1704 , for security and/or ease of administration. In these cases, the local segment 1704 and the cloud segment 1706 may not be in the same broadcast domain.
- a deception farm 1740 can provide deceptions to monitor and defend the site network from network threats.
- the deception farm 1740 can include an emulated network 1716 that can include a number of emulated network devices 1718 .
- the emulated network devices 1718 can be configured to resemble the network devices in either or both of the local segment 1704 and the cloud segment 1706 of the site network.
- the emulated network devices 1718 can be, for example, super-low interaction deceptions, low-interaction deceptions, and/or high-interaction deceptions.
- the emulated network 1716 can be hosted by one or more network devices, such as server computers, which are not illustrated here.
- the deception farm 1740 can alternatively or additionally include a physical network 1730 , where the physical network 1730 includes physical devices 1732 .
- the physical devices 1732 can include computers, appliances, equipment, machinery, and/or other network-enabled devices that can be found in the local segment 1704 and/or the cloud segment 1706 of the site network.
- a projection point 1710 has been configured in the local segment 1704 of the site network.
- the projection point 1710 can function as an endpoint for a network tunnel 1722 to the deception farm 1740 .
- the deception farm 1740 can include a network device that is configured as a tunneling endpoint 1714 for the tunnel 1722 .
- the projection point 1710 can project deceptions into either the local segment 1704 or the cloud segment 1706 of the site network.
- an emulated network device 1718 has been projected into the local segment 1704 (referred to herein as local projected nodes 1744 )
- a combination of emulated network devices 1718 and physical network devices 1732 have been projected into the cloud segment 1706 (referred to herein as remote projected nodes 1742 ).
- the local projected nodes 1744 can be provided by assigning network addresses from the local segment 1704 to deceptions in the deception farm 1740 . By having a network address that is local to the local segment 1704 , a deception can appear as a network neighbor in the local segment 1704 .
- the cloud segment 1706 may be in the same broadcast domain as the local segment 1704 .
- the remote projected nodes 1742 can be provided by obtaining network addresses that are within the broadcast domain.
- the projection point 1710 can provide these deceptions by way of the projection point's connection to the local segment 1704 , and the local segment's connection to the cloud segment 1706 .
- the remote projected nodes 1742 may be indistinguishable from the network devices 1776 a - 1776 c in the cloud segment 1706 .
- the remote projected nodes 1742 can be provided, for example, by obtaining network addresses that are local to the cloud segment 1706 . In some cases, such network addresses can be requested from the cloud services provider 1754 .
- FIG. 17B illustrates an example where the projection point 1710 has been configured for the cloud segment 1706 of the site network.
- the projection point 1710 can be configured on, for example, a network device allocated to the cloud segment 1706 .
- the projection point 1710 can, for example, be an appliance installed in the network of the cloud services provider 1754 .
- Configuring the projection point 1710 in the cloud segment 1706 is an alternate technique for providing deceptions in the cloud segment 1706 .
- the projection point 1710 can tunnel directly from the cloud services provider 1754 to the deception farm 1740 .
- the projection point 1710 can possibly also communicate directly with systems at the cloud services provider 1754 , to determine suitable deception mechanisms and/or obtain network addresses for the deceptions.
- circuits, systems, networks, processes, and other components may be shown as components in block diagram form in order not to obscure the embodiments in unnecessary detail.
- well-known circuits, processes, algorithms, structures, and techniques may be shown without unnecessary detail in order to avoid obscuring the embodiments.
- computer-readable medium includes, but is not limited to, portable or non-portable storage devices, optical storage devices, and various other mediums capable of storing, containing, or carrying instruction(s) and/or data.
- a computer-readable medium may include a non-transitory medium in which data can be stored and that does not include carrier waves and/or transitory electronic signals propagating wirelessly or over wired connections. Examples of a non-transitory medium may include, but are not limited to, a magnetic disk or tape, optical storage media such as compact disk (CD) or digital versatile disk (DVD), flash memory, memory or memory devices.
- a computer-readable medium may have stored thereon code and/or machine-executable instructions that may represent a procedure, a function, a subprogram, a program, a routine, a subroutine, a module, a software package, a class, or any combination of instructions, data structures, or program statements.
- a code segment may be coupled to another code segment or a hardware circuit by passing and/or receiving information, data, arguments, parameters, or memory contents.
- Information, arguments, parameters, data, etc. may be passed, forwarded, or transmitted via any suitable means including memory sharing, message passing, token passing, network transmission, or the like.
- the various examples discussed above may further be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode, hardware description languages, or any combination thereof.
- the program code or code segments to perform the necessary tasks may be stored in a computer-readable or machine-readable storage medium (e.g., a medium for storing program code or code segments).
- a processor(s), implemented in an integrated circuit, may perform the necessary tasks.
- Such configuration can be accomplished, for example, by designing electronic circuits or other hardware to perform the operation, by programming programmable electronic circuits (e.g., microprocessors, or other suitable electronic circuits) to perform the operation, or any combination thereof.
- programmable electronic circuits e.g., microprocessors, or other suitable electronic circuits
- the techniques described herein may also be implemented in electronic hardware, computer software, firmware, or any combination thereof. Such techniques may be implemented in any of a variety of devices such as general purposes computers, wireless communication device handsets, or integrated circuit devices having multiple uses including application in wireless communication device handsets and other devices. Any features described as modules or components may be implemented together in an integrated logic device or separately as discrete but interoperable logic devices. If implemented in software, the techniques may be realized at least in part by a computer-readable data storage medium comprising program code including instructions that, when executed, performs one or more of the methods described above.
- the computer-readable data storage medium may form part of a computer program product, which may include packaging materials.
- the computer-readable medium may comprise memory or data storage media, such as random access memory (RAM) such as synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), read-only memory (ROM), non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), FLASH memory, magnetic or optical data storage media, and the like.
- RAM random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- ROM read-only memory
- NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
- EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
- FLASH memory magnetic or optical data storage media, and the like.
- the techniques additionally, or alternatively, may be realized at least in part by a computer-readable communication medium that carries or communicates program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed, read, and/or executed by a computer, such as propagated signals or waves.
- the program code may be executed by a processor, which may include one or more processors, such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), general purpose microprocessors, an application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable logic arrays (FPGAs), or other equivalent integrated or discrete logic circuitry.
- DSPs digital signal processors
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- FPGAs field programmable logic arrays
- a general purpose processor may be a microprocessor; but in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
- a processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration. Accordingly, the term “processor,” as used herein may refer to any of the foregoing structure, any combination of the foregoing structure, or any other structure or apparatus suitable for implementation of the techniques described herein. In addition, in some aspects, the functionality described herein may be provided within dedicated software modules or hardware modules configured for tunneling for network deceptions.
- any reference to a series of examples is to be understood as a reference to each of those examples disjunctively (e.g., “Examples 1-4” is to be understood as “Examples 1, 2, 3, or 4”).
- Example 1 is a computer-implemented method, the method including determining, by a network device on a first network, a network address, wherein the network address is determined from available network addresses in the first network.
- the method further includes configuring a network tunnel to a second network, wherein the second network includes one or more deception mechanisms.
- the method further includes selecting a deception mechanism from among the one or more deception mechanisms.
- the method further includes assigning the network address to the selected deception mechanism, wherein the network address and the network tunnel enable the selected deception mechanism to be a node on the first network.
- Example 2 is the computer-implemented method of example 1, the method further including determining a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network, wherein the selected deception mechanism is selected using the configuration.
- Example 3 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-2, the method further including determining a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network. The method further includes configuring the selected deception mechanism using the configuration of the one or more other network devices.
- Example 4 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-3, the method further including selecting the second network from among a plurality of deception networks, wherein the plurality of deception networks host deception mechanisms.
- Example 5 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-4, the method further including receiving network traffic from the first network, wherein the network traffic is addressed to the network address. The method further includes transmitting the network traffic over the network tunnel.
- Example 6 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-5, the method further including receiving network traffic from the first network, wherein the network traffic requests information about the network address. The method further includes responding to the request.
- Example 7 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-6, the method further including hiding the network device from the first network, wherein hiding includes not responding to network traffic addressed to the network device.
- Example 8 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-7, the method further including determining to add an additional deception mechanism to the first network.
- the method further includes configuring a different network tunnel to a third network, wherein the third includes one or more additional deception mechanisms.
- the method further includes selecting the additional deception mechanism from among the one or more additional deception mechanisms.
- Example 9 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-8, wherein the second network is associated with a deception farm, wherein a deception farm includes network devices configured as deception mechanisms.
- Example 10 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-9, wherein a deception mechanism is an emulated network device or a physical network device.
- Example 11 a network device, which includes one or more processors and a non-transitory computer-readable medium.
- the non-transitory compute readable medium includes instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to perform operations according to the method(s) of examples 1-10.
- Example 12 is a computer-program product tangibly embodied in a non-transitory machine-readable storage medium, including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to perform steps according to the method(s) of examples 1-10.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer And Data Communications (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. Non-Provisional application Ser. No. 16/800,763, filed Feb. 25, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Non-Provisional application Ser. No. 15/983,418, filed May 18, 2018, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,983,418, which is a continuation of U.S. Non-Provisional application Ser. No. 15/498,300, filed Apr. 26, 2017, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,979,750, which claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/344,267, filed on Jun. 1, 2016; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/327,836, filed on Apr. 26, 2016. Each of the preceding applications is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Provided are methods, including computer-implemented methods or methods implemented by a network device, devices including network devices, and computer-program products for providing network deceptions using tunneling. In various implementations, a network device can be configured as a projection point. A projection point can be configured as one endpoint of a network tunnel. The other end of the network tunnel can terminate at a deception center. The deception center can host network devices configured as deception mechanisms.
- In various implementations, the network device configured as a projection point can determine a network address. The network address can be determined from available network addresses in a first network, where the first network is the network to which the network device is connected. The network device can further configure a network tunnel to a second network. The second network can include one or more deception mechanisms; for example, the second network can be at a deception farm. The network device can further select a deception mechanism from among the one or more deception mechanisms. The network device can further assigning the network address to the selected deception mechanism. The network address and the network tunnel can enable the selected deception mechanism to be a node on the first network.
- In various implementations, the network device that is configured as a projection point can further determine a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network. In these implementations, the selected deception mechanism can be selected using the configuration.
- In various implementations, the network device can further determine a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network, and configure the selected deception mechanism using the configuration of the one or more other network devices.
- In various implementations, the network device can further select the second network from among a plurality of deception networks, where the plurality of deception networks host deception mechanisms.
- In various implementations, the network device can further receive network traffic from the first network, where the network traffic is addressed to the network address that is assigned to the selected deception mechanism. The network device can further transmit the network traffic over the network tunnel.
- In various implementations, the network device can further receive network traffic from the first network, where the network traffic requests information about the network address. The network device can then respond to the request, for example, using the network address.
- In various implementations, the network device can further hide the network device from the first network. Hiding the network device can include not responding to network traffic addressed to the network device.
- In various implementations, the network device can further determine to add an additional deception mechanism to the first network. The network device can then configure a different network tunnel to a third network, where the third includes one or more additional deception mechanisms. The network device can then select the additional deception mechanism from among the one or more additional deception mechanisms.
- In various implementations, the second network is associated with a deception farm, where a deception farm includes network devices configured as deception mechanisms. In various implementations, a deception mechanism is an emulated network device or a physical network device.
- Illustrative embodiments are described in detail below with reference to the following figures:
-
FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a network threat detection and analysis system, in which various implementations of a deception-based security system can be used; -
FIGS. 2A-2D provide examples of different installation configurations that can be used for different customer networks; -
FIG. 3A-3B illustrate examples of customer networks where some of the customer networks' network infrastructure is “in the cloud,” that is, is provided by a cloud services provider; -
FIG. 4 illustrates an example of an enterprise network; -
FIG. 5 illustrates a general example of an Internet-of-Things network; -
FIG. 6 illustrates an example of an Internet-of-Things network, here implemented in a private home; -
FIG. 7 illustrates an Internet-of-Things network, here implemented in a small business; -
FIG. 8 illustrates an example of the basic operation of an industrial control system; -
FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a SCADA system, here used for distributed monitoring and control; -
FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a distributed control; -
FIG. 11 illustrates an example of a PLC implemented in a manufacturing control process; -
FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate an example of a network deception system configured to provide deception mechanisms for a site network; -
FIG. 13 illustrates an example of a network deception system configured to provide deception mechanisms for a site network; -
FIG. 14 illustrates an example of a deception system that includes a projection point with network tunnels to multiple deception farms; -
FIG. 15 illustrates an example of a deception system for a site network that incudes multiple sub-networks, or subnets; -
FIG. 16 illustrates an example of a network deception system, where multiple projection points have been connected to multiple deception centers; and -
FIGS. 17A-17B illustrate an example where a site network includes a local segment and a cloud segment. - Network deception mechanisms, often referred to as “honeypots,” “honey tokens,” and “honey nets,” among others, defend a network from threats by distracting or diverting the threat. Honeypot-type deception mechanisms can be installed in a network for a particular site, such as a business office, to act as decoys in the site's network. Honeypot-type deception mechanisms are typically configured to be indistinguishable from active, production systems in the network. Additionally, such deception mechanisms are typically configured to be attractive to a network threat by having seemingly valuable data and/or by appearing vulnerable to infiltration. Though these deception mechanisms can be indistinguishable from legitimate parts of the site network, deception mechanisms are not part of the normal operation of the network, and would not be accessed during normal, legitimate use of the site network. Because normal users of the site network would not normally use or access a deception mechanism, any use or access to the deception mechanism is suspected to be a threat to the network.
- “Normal” operation of a network generally includes network activity that conforms with the intended purpose of a network. For example, normal or legitimate network activity can include the operation of a business, medical facility, government office, education institution, or the ordinary network activity of a private home. Normal network activity can also include the non-business-related, casual activity of users of a network, such as accessing personal email and visiting websites on personal time, or using network resources for personal use. Normal activity can also include the operations of network security devices, such as firewalls, anti-virus tools, intrusion detection systems, intrusion protection systems, email filters, adware blockers, and so on. Normal operations, however, exclude deceptions mechanisms, in that deception mechanisms are not intended to take part in business operations or casual use. As such, network users and network systems do not normally access deceptions mechanisms except perhaps for the most routine network administrative tasks. Access to a deception mechanism, other than entirely routine network administration, may thus indicate a threat to the network.
- Threats to a network can include active attacks, where an attacker interacts or engages with systems in the network to steal information or do harm to the network. An attacker may be a person, or may be an automated system. Examples of active attacks include denial of service (DoS) attacks, distributed denial of service (DDoS) attacks, spoofing attacks, “man-in-the-middle” attacks, attacks involving malformed network requests (e.g. Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) poisoning, “ping of death,” etc.), buffer, heap, or stack overflow attacks, and format string attacks, among others. Threats to a network can also include self-driven, self-replicating, and/or self-triggering malicious software. Malicious software can appear innocuous until activated, upon which the malicious software may attempt to steal information from a network and/or do harm to the network. Malicious software is typically designed to spread itself to other systems in a network. Examples of malicious software include ransomware, viruses, worms, Trojan horses, spyware, keyloggers, rootkits, and rogue security software, among others.
- Honeypot-type deception mechanisms are typically installed in the network for a particular site, to act as decoys in the site's network. For honeypot-based systems to appear similar to legitimate network devices in a network, the decoys may be more effective if the decoys appear indistinguishable from legitimate, production devices. For example, having a network address, such as an Internet Protocol (IP) address, that is in a same domain as the network addresses of legitimate devices in the site's network can give the deception mechanisms some measure of authenticity.
- To have a network address that is in the domain of a particular site network, deception mechanism can be installed in the site network, for example by attaching network devices configured as deception mechanisms to switches, routers, or other infrastructure of the site network. In some situations, however, installing deception mechanisms in a site network may be inconvenient and/or inefficient. For example, there may not be physical or logical space in a site network for more than a few deception mechanisms. As another example, the configuration of deception mechanisms may need to be determined in advance, and it may be difficult to dynamically increase, reduce, and/or modify deceptions mechanisms installed directly in a site network. As another example, centralized administration of deception mechanism spread across multiple site networks, including coordination of activities of multiple deception mechanisms and monitoring for possible intrusions, may be difficult.
- In some cases, however, it may not be possible to install a deception mechanism directly into a site network. For example, a customer's network may be partially or fully “in the cloud;” that is, a cloud services provider may host all or part of a site network for a customer. In such cases, it may not be possible to gain access to the cloud portion of the network to install deception mechanisms.
- One alternative to installing deception mechanisms in a site network is to host the deception mechanisms at a remote site. The deception mechanisms, however, may have network addresses that are local to the remote site, rather than local to the site network, and thus may be more easily identified as decoys. The deception mechanisms' network addresses can be spoofed or masked, but once a network threat gains access to a deception mechanism, the network threat may discover that the deception mechanism's actual network address.
- Network tunnels provide a way to connect network and network devices together over other networks. Using tunneling protocols, a remote network device can connect to a private network over other networks, which may be private and/or public and may be unsecure. An example where tunnels are commonly used is for virtual private networks (VPN). A VPN tunnel allows a remote user to connect a computer to the network that is in another physical location, such as at an office. The VPN tunnel provides a path for network traffic between the remote user's computer and the office network. The tunnel can be secure, so that the remote user's network traffic cannot be snooped as the traffic travels across public networks. Once the tunnel has been established, the remote user's computer may be able to access the office network as if the computer were physically located at the office and physically connected to the office network.
- In various implementations, a network deception system can use network tunnels to project deceptions from a remote site into a site network, where the deceptions can defend the site network from network threats. In various implementations, a network device in the site network can be configured as a projection point, which implements an endpoint for a network tunnel. The network device can further be connected, using a secure network tunnel, to a remote deception farm. In some implementations, the deception farm can host a network emulator, which can emulate multiple network devices. In these implementations, the emulated network devices can be assigned network addresses from the site network's domain. The emulated network devices can further be projected by the projection point into the site network. The emulated network devices thus appear in the site network in the same manner as legitimate devices in the site network.
- In various implementations, a deception farm can host emulated network devices and/or physical network devices. Emulated network devices can be generated, for example, using virtual machines, where the virtual machines can be configured to resemble the devices found in a particular site network. The physical network devices can include devices that may be difficult to emulate, such as certain kinds of computers, machinery, and/or control systems. Emulated network devices and/or physical network devices deception farm can be used as deception mechanisms, and can be projected into a site network.
- In various implementations, a projection point can have network tunnels to more than one deception farm. In these implementations, the deceptions projected by a projection point can be selected from among the deception mechanisms hosted by multiple deception farms.
- In various implementations, a deception farm can be connected to projection points in multiple site networks. In some cases, the multiple site networks belong to the same customer, while in other cases the multiple site networks can be long to different customers. In each of these cases, the projection points and/or deception farms can maintain a context for each network tunnel, so that network traffic can be properly routed between each site network and the deceptions hosted by each deception farm.
- I. Deception-Based Security Systems
-
FIG. 1 illustrates an example of a network threat detection andanalysis system 100, in which various implementations of a deception-based security system can be used. The network threat detection andanalysis system 100, or, more briefly,network security system 100, provides security for asite network 104 using deceptive security mechanisms, a variety of which may be called “honeypots.” The deceptive security mechanisms may be controlled by and inserted into thesite network 104 using adeception center 108 andsensors 110, which may also be referred to as deception sensors, installed in thesite network 104. In some implementations, thedeception center 108 and thesensors 110 interact with asecurity services provider 106 located outside of thesite network 104. Thedeception center 108 may also obtain or exchange data with sources located on theInternet 150. - Security mechanisms designed to deceive, sometimes referred to as “honeypots,” may also be used as traps to divert and/or deflect unauthorized use of a network away from the real network assets. A deception-based security mechanism may be a computer attached to the network, a process running on one or more network systems, and/or some other device connected to the network. A security mechanism may be configured to offer services, real or emulated, to serve as bait for an attack on the network. Deception-based security mechanisms that take the form of data, which may be called “honey tokens,” may be mixed in with real data in devices in the network. Alternatively or additionally, emulated data may also be provided by emulated systems or services.
- Deceptive security mechanisms can also be used to detect an attack on the network. Deceptive security mechanisms are generally configured to appear as if they are legitimate parts of a network. These security mechanisms, however, are not, in fact, part of the normal operation of the network. Consequently, normal activity on the network is not likely to access the security mechanisms. Thus any access over the network to the security mechanism is automatically suspect.
- The
network security system 100 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms in a targeted and dynamic fashion. Using thedeception center 108 thesystem 100 can scan thesite network 104 and determine the topology of thesite network 104. Thedeception center 108 may then determine devices to emulate with security mechanisms, including the type and behavior of the device. The security mechanisms may be selected and configured specifically to attract the attention of network attackers. The security mechanisms may also be selected and deployed based on suspicious activity in the network. Security mechanisms may be deployed, removed, modified, or replaced in response to activity in the network, to divert and isolate network activity related to an apparent attack, and to confirm that the network activity is, in fact, part of a real attack. - The
site network 104 is a network that may be installed among the buildings of a large business, in the office of a small business, at a school campus, at a hospital, at a government facility, or in a private home. Thesite network 104 may be described as a local area network (LAN) or a group of LANS. Thesite network 104 may be one site belonging to an organization that hasmultiple site networks 104 in one or many geographical locations. In some implementations, thedeception center 108 may provide network security to onesite network 104, or tomultiple site networks 104 belonging to the same entity. - The
site network 104 is where the networking devices and users of the an organizations network may be found. Thesite network 104 may include network infrastructure devices, such as routers, switches hubs, repeaters, wireless base stations, and/or network controllers, among others. Thesite network 104 may also include computing systems, such as servers, desktop computers, laptop computers, tablet computers, personal digital assistants, and smart phones, among others. Thesite network 104 may also include other analog and digital electronics that have network interfaces, such as televisions, entertainment systems, thermostats, refrigerators, and so on. - The
deception center 108 provides network security for the site network 104 (or multiple site networks for the same organization) by deploying security mechanisms into thesite network 104, monitoring thesite network 104 through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat. To provide security for thesite network 104, in various implementations thedeception center 108 may communicate withsensors 110 installed in thesite network 104, usingnetwork tunnels 120. As described further below, thetunnels 120 may allow thedeception center 108 to be located in a different sub-network (“subnet”) than thesite network 104, on a different network, or remote from thesite network 104, with intermediate networks (possibly including the Internet 150) between thedeception center 108 and thesite network 104. - In some implementations, the
network security system 100 includes asecurity services provider 106. In these implementations, thesecurity services provider 106 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple site networks, possibly including site networks controlled by different organizations. For example, thesecurity services provider 106 may communicate withmultiple deception centers 108 that each provide security for adifferent site network 104 for the same organization. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 106 is located outside thesite network 104. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 106 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network. For example, thesecurity services provider 106 may be an outside vendor. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 106 is controlled by the same entity as that controls thesite network 104. - In some implementations, when the
network security system 100 includes asecurity services provider 106, thesensors 110 and thedeception center 108 may communicate with thesecurity services provider 106 in order to be connected to each other. For example, thesensors 110, which may also be referred to as deception sensors, may, upon powering on in thesite network 104, send information over anetwork connection 112 to thesecurity services provider 106, identifying themselves and thesite network 104 in which they are located. Thesecurity services provider 106 may further identify acorresponding deception center 108 for thesite network 104. Thesecurity services provider 106 may then provide the network location of thedeception center 108 to thesensors 110, and may provide thedeception center 108 with the network location of thesensors 110. A network location may take the form of, for example, an Internet Protocol (IP) address. With this information, thedeception center 108 and thesensors 110 may be able to configuretunnels 120 to communicate with each other. - In some implementations, the
network security system 100 does not include asecurity services provider 106. In these implementations, thesensors 110 and thedeception center 108 may be configured to locate each other by, for example, sending packets that each can recognize as coming for the other. Using these packets, thesensors 110 anddeception center 108 may be able to learn their respective locations on the network. Alternatively or additionally, a network administrator can configure thesensors 110 with the network location of thedeception center 108, and vice versa. - In various implementations, the
sensors 110 are a minimal combination of hardware and/or software, sufficient to form a network connection with thesite network 104 and atunnel 120 with thedeception center 108. For example, asensor 110 may be constructed using a low-power processor, a network interface, and a simple operating system. In various implementations, thesensors 110 provide thedeception center 108 with visibility into thesite network 104, such as for example being able to operate as a node in thesite network 104, and/or being able to present or project deceptive security mechanisms into thesite network 104, as described further below. Additionally, in various implementations, thesensors 110 may provide a portal through which a suspected attack on thesite network 104 can be redirected to thedeception center 108, as is also described below. - In various implementations, the
deception center 108 may be configured to profile thesite network 104, deploy deceptive security mechanisms for thesite network 104, detect suspected threats to thesite network 104, analyze the suspected threat, and analyze thesite network 104 for exposure and/or vulnerability to the supposed threat. - To provide the
site network 104, thedeception center 108 may include adeception profiler 130. In various implementations, the deception profiler may 130 deriveinformation 114 from thesite network 104, and determine, for example, the topology of thesite network 104, the network devices included in thesite network 104, the software and/or hardware configuration of each network device, and/or how the network is used at any given time. Using this information, thedeception profiler 130 may determine one or more deceptive security mechanisms to deploy into thesite network 104. - In various implementations, the deception profiler may configure an emulated
network 116 to emulate one or more computing systems. Using thetunnels 120 andsensors 110, the emulated computing systems may be projected into thesite network 104, where they serve as deceptions. The emulated computing systems may include address deceptions, low-interaction deceptions, and/or high-interaction deceptions. In some implementations, the emulated computing systems may be configured to resemble a portion of the network. In these implementations, this network portion may then be projected into thesite network 104. - In various implementations, a network
threat detection engine 140 may monitor activity in the emulatednetwork 116, and look for attacks on thesite network 104. For example, the networkthreat detection engine 140 may look for unexpected access to the emulated computing systems in the emulatednetwork 116. The networkthreat detection engine 140 may also useinformation 114 extracted from thesite network 104 to adjust the emulatednetwork 116, in order to make the deceptions more attractive to an attack, and/or in response to network activity that appears to be an attack. Should the networkthreat detection engine 140 determine that an attack may be taking place, the networkthreat detection engine 140 may cause network activity related to the attack to be redirected to and contained within the emulatednetwork 116. - In various implementations, the emulated
network 116 is a self-contained, isolated, and closely monitored network, in which suspect network activity may be allowed to freely interact with emulated computing systems. In various implementations, questionable emails, files, and/or links may be released into the emulatednetwork 116 to confirm that they are malicious, and/or to see what effect they have. Outside actors can also be allowed to access emulated system, steal data and user credentials, download malware, and conduct any other malicious activity. In this way, the emulatednetwork 116 not only isolated a suspected attack from thesite network 104, but can also be used to capture information about an attack. Any activity caused by suspect network activity may be captured in, for example, a history of sent and received network packets, log files, and memory snapshots. - In various implementations, activity captured in the emulated
network 116 may be analyzed using a targetedthreat analysis engine 160. Thethreat analysis engine 160 may examine data collected in the emulatednetwork 116 and reconstruct the course of an attack. For example, thethreat analysis engine 160 may correlate various events seen during the course of an apparent attack, including both malicious and innocuous events, and determine how an attacker infiltrated and caused harm in the emulatednetwork 116. In some cases, thethreat analysis engine 160 may usethreat intelligence 152 from theInternet 150 to identify and/or analyze an attack contained in the emulatednetwork 116. Thethreat analysis engine 160 may also confirm that suspect network activity was not an attack. Thethreat analysis engine 160 may produceindicators 162 that describe the suspect network activity, including indicating whether the suspect activity was or was not an actual threat. Thethreat analysis engine 160 may share theseindicators 162 with thesecurity community 180, so that other networks can be defended from the attack. Thethreat analysis engine 160 may also send theindicators 162 to thesecurity services provider 106, so that thesecurity services provider 106 can use theindicators 162 to defend other site networks. - In various implementations, the
threat analysis engine 160 may also sendthreat indicators 162, or similar data, to abehavioral analytics engine 170. Thebehavioral analytics engine 170 may be configured to use theindicators 162 to probe 118 thesite network 104, and see whether thesite network 104 has been exposed to the attack, or is vulnerable to the attack. For example, thebehavioral analytics engine 170 may search thesite network 104 for computing systems that resemble emulated computing systems in the emulatednetwork 116 that were affected by the attack. In some implementations, thebehavioral analytics engine 170 can also repair systems affected by the attack, or identify these systems to a network administrator. In some implementations, thebehavioral analytics engine 170 can also reconfigure the site network's 104 security infrastructure to defend against the attack. - The
behavioral analytics engine 170 can work in conjunction with a Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) 172 system. In various implementations, SIEM includes software and/or services that can provide real-time analysis of security alerts generates by network hardware and applications. In various implementations, thedeception center 108 can communicate with theSIEM 172 system to obtain information about computing and/or networking systems in thesite network 104. - Using deceptive security mechanisms, the
network security system 100 may thus be able to distract and divert attacks on thesite network 104. Thenetwork security system 100 may also be able to allow, using the emulatednetwork 116, and attack to proceed, so that as much can be learned about the attack as possible. Information about the attack can then be used to find vulnerabilities in thesite network 104. Information about the attack can also be provided to thesecurity community 180, so that the attack can be thwarted elsewhere. - II. Customer Installations
- The network security system, such as the deception-based system described above, may be flexibly implemented to accommodate different customer networks.
FIGS. 2A-2D provide examples of different installation configurations 200 a-200 d that can be used fordifferent customer networks 202. Acustomer network 202 may generally be described as a network or group of networks that is controlled by a common entity, such as a business, a school, or a person. Thecustomer network 202 may include one or more site networks 204. The customer network's 202site networks 204 may be located in one geographic location, may be behind a common firewall, and/or may be multiple subnets within one network. Alternatively or additionally, a customer network's 202site networks 204 may be located in different geographic locations, and be connected to each other over various private and public networks, including theInternet 250. -
Different customer networks 202 may have different requirements regarding network security. For example, somecustomer networks 202 may have relatively open connections to outside networks such as theInternet 250, whileother customer networks 202 have very restricted access to outside networks. The network security system described inFIG. 1 may be configurable to accommodate these variations. -
FIG. 2A illustrates one example of aninstallation configuration 200 a, where adeception center 208 is located within thecustomer network 202. In this example, being located within thecustomer network 202 means that thedeception center 208 is connected to thecustomer network 202, and is able to function as a node in thecustomer network 202. In this example, thedeception center 208 may be located in the same building or within the same campus as thesite network 204. Alternatively or additionally, thedeception center 208 may be located within thecustomer network 202 but at a different geographic location than thesite network 204. Thedeception center 208 thus may be within the same subnet as thesite network 204, or may be connected to a different subnet within the customer network. - In various implementations, the
deception center 208 communicates withsensors 210, which may also be referred to as deception sensors, installed in the site network overnetwork tunnels 220 In this example, thenetwork tunnels 220 may cross one or more intermediate within thecustomer network 202. - In this example, the
deception center 208 is able to communicate with asecurity services provider 206 that is located outside thecustomer network 202, such as on theInternet 250. Thesecurity services provider 206 may provide configuration and other information for thedeception center 208. In some cases, thesecurity services provider 206 may also assist in coordinating the security for thecustomer network 202 when thecustomer network 202 includesmultiple site networks 204 located in various geographic areas. -
FIG. 2B illustrates another example of aninstallation configuration 200 b, where thedeception center 208 is located outside thecustomer network 202. In this example, thedeception center 208 may connected to thecustomer network 202 over theInternet 250. In some implementations, thedeception center 208 may be co-located with a security services provider, and/or may be provided by the security services provider. - In this example, the
tunnels 220 connect thedeception center 208 to thesensors 210 through agateway 262. A gateway is a point in a network that connects the network to another network. For example, in this example, thegateway 262 connects thecustomer network 202 to outside networks, such as theInternet 250. Thegateway 262 may provide a firewall, which may provide some security for thecustomer network 202. Thetunnels 220 may be able to pass through the firewall using a secure protocol, such as Secure Socket Shell (SSH) and similar protocols. Secure protocols typically require credentials, which may be provided by the operator of thecustomer network 202. -
FIG. 2C illustrates another example of aninstallation configuration 200 c, where thedeception center 208 is located inside thecustomer network 202 but does not have access to outside networks. In some implementations, thecustomer network 202 may require a high level of network security. In these implementations, the customer network's 202 connections to the other networks may be very restricted. Thus, in this example, thedeception center 208 is located within thecustomer network 202, and does not need to communicate with outside networks. Thedeception center 208 may use thecustomer networks 202 internal network to coordinate with and establishtunnels 220 to thesensors 210. Alternatively or additionally, a network administrator may configure thedeception center 208 andsensors 210 to enable them to establish thetunnels 220. -
FIG. 2D illustrates another example of aninstallation configuration 200 d. In this example, thedeception center 208 is located inside thecustomer network 202, and further is directly connected to thesite network 204. Directly connected, in this example, can mean that thedeception center 208 is connected to a router, hub, switch, repeater, or other network infrastructure device that is part of thesite network 204. Directly connected can alternatively or additionally mean that thedeception center 208 is connected to thesite network 204 using a Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN). For example, thedeception center 208 can be connected to VLAN trunk port. In these examples, thedeception center 208 can project deceptions into thesite network 204 with or without the use of sensors, such as are illustrated inFIGS. 2A-2C . - In the example of
FIG. 2D , thedeception center 208 can also optionally be connected to an outsidesecurity services provider 206. Thesecurity services provider 206 can manage thedeception center 208, including providing updated security data, sending firmware upgrades, and/or coordinatingdifferent deception centers 208 fordifferent site networks 204 belonging to thesame customer network 202. In some implementations, thedeception center 208 can operate without the assistances of an outsidesecurity services provider 206. - III. Customer Networks
- The network security system, such as the deception-based system discussed above, can be used for variety of customer networks. As noted above, customer networks can come in wide variety of configurations. For example, a customer network may have some of its network infrastructure “in the cloud.” A customer network can also include a wide variety of devices, including what may be considered “traditional” network equipment, such as servers and routers, and non-traditional, “Internet-of-Things” devices, such as kitchen appliances. Other examples of customer networks include established industrial networks, or a mix of industrial networks and computer networks.
-
FIG. 3A-3B illustrate examples of customer networks 302 a-302 b where some of the customer networks' 302 a-302 b network infrastructure is “in the cloud,” that is, is provided by acloud services provider 354. These example customer networks 302 a-302 b may be defended by a network security system that includes adeception center 308 andsensors 310, which may also be referred to as deception sensors, and may also include an off-site security services provider 306. - A cloud services provider is a company that offers some component of cloud computer—such as Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), Software as a Service (SaaS) or Platform as Service (PaaS)—to other businesses and individuals. A cloud services provider may have a configurable pool of computing resources, including, for example, networks, servers, storage, applications, and services. These computing resources can be available on demand, and can be rapidly provisioned. While a cloud services provider's resources may be shared between the cloud service provider's customers, from the perspective of each customer, the individual customer may appear to have a private network within the cloud, including for example having dedicated subnets and IP addresses.
- In the examples illustrated in
FIGS. 3A-3B , the customer networks' 302 a-302 b network is partially in asite network 304, and partially provided by thecloud services provider 354. In some cases, thesite network 304 is the part of the customer networks 302 a-302 b that is located at a physical site owned or controlled by the customer network 302 a-302 b. For example, thesite network 304 may be a network located in the customer network's 302 a-302 b office or campus. Alternatively or additionally, thesite network 304 may include network equipment owned and/or operated by the customer network 302 a-302 b that may be located anywhere. For example, the customer networks' 302 a-302 b operations may consist of a few laptops owned by the customer networks 302 a-302 b, which are used from the private homes of the lap tops' users, from a co-working space, from a coffee shop, or from some other mobile location. - In various implementations,
sensors 310 may be installed in thesite network 304. Thesensors 310 can be used by the network security system to project deceptions into thesite network 304, monitor thesite network 304 for attacks, and/or to divert suspect attacks into thedeception center 308. - In some implementations, the
sensors 310 may also be able to project deceptions into the part of the customer networks 302 a-302 b network that is provided by thecloud services provider 354. In most cases, it may not be possible to installsensors 310 inside the network of thecloud services provider 354, but in some implementations, this may not be necessary. For example, as discussed further below, thedeception center 308 can acquire the subnet address of the network provided by thecloud services provider 354, and use that subnet address the create deceptions. Though these deceptions are projected form thesensors 310 installed in thesite network 304, the deceptions may appear to be within the subnet provided by thecloud services provider 354. - In illustrated examples, the
deception center 308 is installed inside the customer networks 302 a-302 b. Though not illustrated here, thedeception center 308 can also be installed outside the customer networks 302 a-302 b, such as for example somewhere on theInternet 350. In some implementations, thedeception center 308 may reside at the same location as the security service provider 306. When located outside the customer networks 302 a-302 b, thedeception center 308 may connect to thesensors 310 in thesite network 304 over various public and/or private networks. -
FIG. 3A illustrates an example of aconfiguration 300 a where the customer network's 302 a network infrastructure is located in the cloud and thecustomer network 302 a also has asubstantial site network 304. In this example, the customer may have an office where thesite network 304 is located, and where the customer's employees access and use thecustomer network 302 a. For example, developers, sales and marketing personnel, human resources and finance employees, may access thecustomer network 302 a from thesite network 304. In the illustrated example, the customer may obtain applications and services from thecloud services provider 354. Alternatively or additionally, thecloud services provider 354 may provide data center services for the customer. For example, thecloud services provider 354 may host the customer's repository of data (e.g., music provided by a streaming music service, or video provided by a streaming video provider). In this example, the customer's own customers may be provided data directly from thecloud services provider 354, rather than from thecustomer network 302 a. -
FIG. 3B illustrates and example of aconfiguration 300 b where the customer network's 302 b network is primarily or sometimes entirely in the cloud. In this example, the customer network's 302b site network 304 may include a few laptops, or one or two desktop servers. These computing devices may be used by the customer's employees to conduct the customer's business, while thecloud services provider 354 provides the majority of the network infrastructure needed by the customer. For example, a very small company may have no office space and no dedicated location, and have as computing resources only the laptops used by its employees. This small company may use thecloud services provider 354 to provide its fixed network infrastructure. The small company may access this network infrastructure by connecting a laptop to any available network connection (e.g, in a co-working space, library, or coffee shop). When no laptops are connected to thecloud services provider 354, thecustomer network 302 b may be existing entirely within the cloud. - In the example provided above, the
site network 304 can be found wherever the customer's employees connect to a network and can access thecloud services provider 354. Similarly, thesensors 310 can be co-located with the employees' laptops. For example, whenever an employee connects to a network, she can enable asensor 310, which can then project deceptions into the network around her. Alternatively or additionally,sensors 310 can be installed in a fixed location (such as the home of an employee of the customer) from which they can access thecloud services provider 354 and project deceptions into the network provided by thecloud services provider 354. - The network security system, such as the deception-based system discussed above, can provide network security for a variety of customer networks, which may include a diverse array of devices.
FIG. 4 illustrates an example of anenterprise network 400, which is one such network that can be defended by a network security system. Theexample enterprise network 400 illustrates examples of various network devices and network clients that may be included in an enterprise network. Theenterprise network 400 may include more or fewer network devices and/or network clients, and/or may include network devices, additional networks includingremote sites 452, and/or systems not illustrated here. Enterprise networks may include networks installed at a large site, such as a corporate office, a university campus, a hospital, a government office, or a similar entity. An enterprise network may include multiple physical sites. Access to an enterprise networks is typically restricted, and may require authorized users to enter a password or otherwise authenticate before using the network. A network such as illustrated by theexample enterprise network 400 may also be found at small sites, such as in a small business. - The
enterprise network 400 may be connected to an external network 450. The external network 450 may be a public network, such as the Internet. A public network is a network that has been made accessible to any device that can connect to it. A public network may have unrestricted access, meaning that, for example, no password or other authentication is required to connect to it. The external network 450 may include third-party telecommunication lines, such as phone lines, broadcast coaxial cable, fiber optic cables, satellite communications, cellular communications, and the like. The external network 450 may include any number of intermediate network devices, such as switches, routers, gateways, servers, and/or controllers that are not directly part of theenterprise network 400 but that facilitate communication between thenetwork 400 and other network-connected entities, such as aremote site 452. -
Remote sites 452 are networks and/or individual computers that are generally located outside theenterprise network 400, and which may be connected to theenterprise network 400 through intermediate networks, but that function as if within theenterprise network 400 and connected directly to it. For example, an employee may connect to theenterprise network 400 while at home, using various secure protocols, and/or by connecting to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) provided by theenterprise network 400. While the employee's computer is connected, the employee's home is aremote site 452. Alternatively or additionally, the enterprise network's 400 owner may have a satellite office with a small internal network. This satellite office's network may have a fixed connection to theenterprise network 400 over various intermediate networks. This satellite office can also be considered a remote site. - The
enterprise network 400 may be connected to the external network 450 using a gateway device 404. The gateway device 404 may include a firewall or similar system for preventing unauthorized access while allowing authorized access to theenterprise network 400. Examples of gateway devices include routers, modems (e.g. cable, fiber optic, dial-up, etc.), and the like. - The gateway device 404 may be connected to a
switch 406 a. Theswitch 406 a provides connectivity between various devices in theenterprise network 400. In this example, theswitch 406 a connects together the gateway device 404,various servers switch 406 b. A switch typically has multiple ports, and functions to direct packets received on one port to another port. In some implementations, the gateway device 404 and theswitch 406 a may be combined into a single device. - Various servers may be connected to the
switch 406 a. For example, aprint server 408 may be connected to theswitch 406 a. Theprint server 408 may provide network access to a number ofprinters 410. Client devices connected to theenterprise network 400 may be able to access one of theprinters 410 through theprinter server 408. - Other examples of servers connected to the
switch 406 a include afile server 412,database server 414, andemail server 416. Thefile server 412 may provide storage for and access to data. This data may be accessible to client devices connected to theenterprise network 400. Thedatabase server 414 may store one or more databases, and provide services for accessing the databases. Theemail server 416 may host an email program or service, and may also store email for users on theenterprise network 400. - As yet another example, a
server rack 418 may be connected to theswitch 406 a. Theserver rack 418 may house one or more rack-mounted servers. Theserver rack 418 may have one connection to theswitch 406 a, or may have multiple connections to theswitch 406 a. The servers in theserver rack 418 may have various purposes, including providing computing resources, file storage, database storage and access, and email, among others. - An
additional switch 406 b may also be connected to thefirst switch 406 a. Theadditional switch 406 b may be provided to expand the capacity of the network. A switch typically has a limited number of ports (e.g., 8, 16, 32, 64 or more ports). In most cases, however, a switch can direct traffic to and from another switch, so that by connecting theadditional switch 406 b to thefirst switch 406 a, the number of available ports can be expanded. - In this example, a
server 420 is connected to theadditional switch 406 b. Theserver 420 may manage network access for a number of network devices or client devices. For example, theserver 420 may provide network authentication, arbitration, prioritization, load balancing, and other management services as needed to manage multiple network devices accessing theenterprise network 400. Theserver 420 may be connected to ahub 422. Thehub 422 may include multiple ports, each of which may provide a wired connection for a network or client device. A hub is typically a simpler device than a switch, and may be used when connecting a small number of network devices together. In some cases, a switch can be substituted for thehub 422. In this example, thehub 422 connectsdesktop computers 424 andlaptop computers 426 to theenterprise network 400. In this example, each of thedesktop computers 424 andlaptop computers 426 are connected to thehub 422 using a physical cable. - In this example, the
additional switch 406 b is also connected to awireless access point 428. Thewireless access point 428 provides wireless access to theenterprise network 400 for wireless-enabled network or client devices. Examples of wireless-enabled network and client devices includelaptops 430,tablet computers 432, andsmart phones 434, among others. In some implementations, thewireless access point 428 may also provide switching and/or routing functionality. - The
example enterprise network 400 ofFIG. 4 is defended from network threats by a network threat detection and analysis system, which uses deception security mechanisms to attract and divert attacks on the network. The deceptive security mechanisms may be controlled by and inserted into theenterprise network 400 using adeception center 498 andsensors 490, which may also be referred to as deception sensors, installed in various places in theenterprise network 400. In some implementations, thedeception center 498 and thesensors 490 interact with asecurity services provider 496 located outside of theenterprise network 400. Thedeception center 498 may also obtain or exchange data with sources located on external networks 450, such as the Internet. - In various implementations, the
sensors 490 are a minimal combination of hardware and/or software, sufficient to form a network connection with theenterprise network 400 and anetwork tunnel 480 with thedeception center 498. For example, asensor 490 may be constructed using a low-power processor, a network interface, and a simple operating system. In some implementations, any of the devices in the enterprise network (e.g., theservers printers 410, thecomputing devices network infrastructure devices - In various implementations, one or
more sensors 490 can be installed anywhere in theenterprise network 400, include being attachedswitches 406 a,hubs 422,wireless access points 428, and so on. Thesensors 490 can further be configured to be part of one or more VLANs. Thesensors 490 provide thedeception center 498 with visibility into theenterprise network 400, such as for example being able to operate as a node in theenterprise network 400, and/or being able to present or project deceptive security mechanisms into theenterprise network 400. Additionally, in various implementations, thesensors 490 may provide a portal through which a suspected attack on theenterprise network 400 can be redirected to thedeception center 498. - The
deception center 498 provides network security for theenterprise network 400 by deploying security mechanisms into theenterprise network 400, monitoring theenterprise network 400 through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat. To provide security for theenterprise network 400, in various implementations thedeception center 498 may communicate withsensors 490 installed in theenterprise network 400, using, for example,network tunnels 480. Thetunnels 480 may allow thedeception center 498 to be located in a different sub-network (“subnet”) than theenterprise network 400, on a different network, or remote from theenterprise network 400, with intermediate networks between thedeception center 498 and theenterprise network 400. In some implementations, theenterprise network 400 can include more than onedeception center 498. In some implementations, the deception center may be located off-site, such as in an external network 450. - In some implementations, the
security services provider 496 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple site networks, possibly including site networks controlled by different organizations. For example, thesecurity services provider 496 may communicate withmultiple deception centers 498 that each provide security for adifferent enterprise network 400 for the same organization. As another example, thesecurity services provider 496 may coordinate the activities of thedeception center 498 and thesensors 490, such as enabling thedeception center 498 and thesensors 490 to connect to each other. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 496 is located outside theenterprise network 400. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 496 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network. For example, thesecurity services provider 496 may be an outside vendor. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 496 is controlled by the same entity as that controls theenterprise network 400. In some implementations, the network security system does not include asecurity services provider 496. -
FIG. 4 illustrates one example of what can be considered a “traditional” network, that is, a network that is based on the interconnection of computers. In various implementations, a network security system, such as the deception-based system discussed above, can also be used to defend “non-traditional” networks that include devices other than traditional computers, such as for example mechanical, electrical, or electromechanical devices, sensors, actuators, and control systems. Such “non-traditional” networks may be referred to as the Internet of Things (IoT). The Internet of Things encompasses newly-developed, every-day devices designed to be networked (e.g., drones, self-driving automobiles, etc.) as well as common and long-established machinery that has augmented to be connected to a network (e.g., home appliances, traffic signals, etc.). -
FIG. 5 illustrates a general example of anIoT network 500. Theexample IoT network 500 can be implemented wherever sensors, actuators, and control systems can be found. For example, theexample IoT network 500 can be implemented for buildings, roads and bridges, agriculture, transportation and logistics, utilities, air traffic control, factories, and private homes, among others. In various implementations, theIoT network 500 includescloud service 554 that collects data from various sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d, located in various locations. Using the collected data, thecloud service 554 can provideservices 520, control of machinery andequipment 514, exchange of data withtraditional network devices 516, and/or exchange of data withuser devices 518. In some implementations, thecloud service 554 can work with adeception center 598 and/or asecurity service provider 596 to provide security for thenetwork 500. - A cloud service, such as the
illustrated cloud service 554, is a resource provided over theInternet 550. Sometimes synonymous with “cloud computing,” the resource provided by the cloud services is in the “cloud” in that the resource is provided by hardware and/or software at some location remote from the place where the resource is used. Often, the hardware and software of the cloud service is distributed across multiple physical locations. Generally, the resource provided by the cloud service is not directly associated with specific hardware or software resources, such that use of the resource can continue when the hardware or software is changed. The resource provided by the cloud service can often also be shared between multiple users of the cloud service, without affecting each user's use. The resource can often also be provided as needed or on-demand. Often, the resource provided by thecloud service 554 is automated, or otherwise capable of operating with little or no assistance from human operators. - Examples of cloud services include software as a service (SaaS), infrastructure as a service (IaaS), platform as a service (PaaS), desktop as a service (DaaS), managed software as a service (MSaaS), mobile backend as a service (MBaaS), and information technology management as a service (ITMaas). Specific examples of cloud services include data centers, such as those operated by Amazon Web Services and Google Web Services, among others, that provide general networking and software services. Other examples of cloud services include those associated with smartphone applications, or “apps,” such as for example apps that track fitness and health, apps that allow a user to remotely manage her home security system or thermostat, and networked gaming apps, among others. In each of these examples, the company that provides the app may also provide cloud-based storage of application data, cloud-based software and computing resources, and/or networking services. In some cases, the company manages the cloud services provided by the company, including managing physical hardware resources. In other cases, the company leases networking time from a data center provider.
- In some cases, the
cloud service 554 is part of one integrated system, run by one entity. For example, thecloud service 554 can be part of a traffic control system. In this example, sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d can be used to monitor traffic and road conditions. In this example, thecloud service 554 can attempt to optimize the flow of traffic and also provide traffic safety. For example, the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d can include asensor 512 a on a bridge that monitors ice formation. When thesensor 512 a detects that ice has formed on the bridge, thesensor 512 a can alert thecloud service 554. Thecloud service 554, can respond by interacting with machinery andequipment 514 that manages traffic in the area of the bridge. For example, thecloud service 554 can turn on warning signs, indicating to drivers that the bridge is icy. Generally, the interaction between thesensor 512 a, thecloud service 554, and the machinery andequipment 514 is automated, requiring little or no management by human operators. - In various implementations, the
cloud service 554 collects or receives data from sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d, distributed across one or more networks. The sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d include devices capable of “sensing” information, such as air or water temperature, air pressure, weight, motion, humidity, fluid levels, noise levels, and so on. The sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d can alternatively or additionally include devices capable of receiving input, such as cameras, microphones, touch pads, keyboards, key pads, and so on. In some cases, a group of sensors 510 a-510 d may be common to onecustomer network 502. For example, the sensors 510 a-510 d may be motion sensors, traffic cameras, temperature sensors, and other sensors for monitoring traffic in a city's metro area. In this example, the sensors 510 a-510 d can be located in one area of the city, or be distribute across the city, and be connected to a common network. In these cases, the sensors 510 a-510 d can communicate with agateway device 562, such as a network gateway. Thegateway device 562 can further communicate with thecloud service 554. - In some cases, in addition to receiving data from sensors 510 a-510 d in one
customer network 502, thecloud service 554 can also receive data from sensors 512 a-512 d in other sites 504 a-504 c. These other sites 504 a-504 c can be part of thesame customer network 502 or can be unrelated to thecustomer network 502. For example, the other sites 504 a-504 c can each be the metro area of a different city, and the sensors 512 a-512 d can be monitoring traffic for each individual city. - Generally, communication between the
cloud service 554 and the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d is bidirectional. For example, the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d can send information to thecloud service 554. Thecloud service 554 can further provide configuration and control information to the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d. For example, thecloud service 554 can enable or disable a sensor 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d or modify the operation of a sensor 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d, such as changing the format of the data provided by a sensor 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d or upgrading the firmware of a sensor 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d. - In various implementations, the
cloud service 554 can operate on the data received from the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d, and use this data to interact withservices 520 provided by thecloud service 554, or to interact with machinery andequipment 514,network devices 516, and/oruser devices 518 available to thecloud service 554.Services 520 can include software-based services, such as cloud-based applications, website services, or data management services.Services 520 can alternatively or additionally include media, such as streaming video or music or other entertainment services.Services 520 can also include delivery and/or coordination of physical assets, such as for example package delivery, direction of vehicles for passenger pick-up and drop-off, or automate re-ordering and re-stocking of supplies. In various implementations,services 520 may be delivered to and used by the machinery andequipment 514, thenetwork devices 516, and/or theuser devices 518. - In various implementations, the machinery and
equipment 514 can include physical systems that can be controlled by thecloud service 554. Examples of machinery andequipment 514 include factory equipment, trains, electrical street cars, self-driving cars, traffic lights, gate and door locks, and so on. In various implementations, thecloud service 554 can provide configuration and control of the machinery andequipment 514 in an automated fashion. - The
network devices 516 can include traditional networking equipment, such as server computers, data storage devices, routers, switches, gateways, and so on. In various implementations, thecloud service 554 can provide control and management of thenetwork devices 516, such as for example automated upgrading of software, security monitoring, or asset tracking. Alternatively or additionally, in various implementations thecloud service 554 can exchange data with thenetwork devices 516, such as for example providing websites, providing stock trading data, or providing online shopping resources, among others. Alternatively or additionally, thenetwork devices 516 can include computing systems used by the cloud service provider to manage thecloud service 554. - The
user devices 518 can include individual personal computers, smart phones, tablet devices, smart watches, fitness trackers, medical devices, and so on that can be associated with an individual user. Thecloud service 554 can exchange data with theuser devices 518, such as for example provide support for applications installed on theuser devices 518, providing websites, providing streaming media, providing directional navigation services, and so on. Alternatively or additionally, thecloud service 554 may enable a user to use auser device 518 to access and/or view other devices, such as the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d, the machinery andequipment 514, or thenetwork devices 516. - In various implementations, the
services 520, machinery andequipment 514,network devices 516, anduser devices 518 may be part of onecustomer network 506. In some cases, thiscustomer network 506 is the same as thecustomer network 502 that includes the sensors 510 a-510 d. In some cases, theservices 520, machinery andequipment 514,network devices 516, anduser devices 518 are part of the same network, and may instead be part of variousother networks 506. - In various implementations, customer networks can include a
deception center 598. Thedeception center 598 provides network security for theIoT network 500 by deploying security mechanisms into theIoT network 500, monitoring theIoT network 500 through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat. To provide security for theIoT network 500, in various implementations thedeception center 598 may communicate with the sensors 510 a-5106 d, 512 a-512 d installed in theIoT network 500, for example through thecloud service 554. In some implementations, theIoT network 500 can include more than onedeception center 598. For example, each ofcustomer network 502 and customer networks orother networks 506 can include adeception center 598. - In some implementations, the
deception center 598 and the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d interact with asecurity services provider 596. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 596 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple site networks, possibly including site networks controlled by different organizations. For example, thesecurity services provider 596 may communicate withmultiple deception centers 598 that each provide security for adifferent IoT network 500 for the same organization. As another example, thesecurity services provider 596 may coordinate the activities of thedeception center 598 and the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d, such as enabling thedeception center 598 and the sensors 510 a-510 d, 512 a-512 d to connect to each other. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 596 is integrated into thecloud service 554. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 596 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network. For example, thesecurity services provider 596 may be an outside vendor. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 596 is controlled by the same entity as that controls theIoT network 500. In some implementations, the network security system does not include asecurity services provider 596. - IoT networks can also include small networks of non-traditional devices.
FIG. 6 illustrates an example of a customer network that is asmall network 600, here implemented in a private home. A network for a home is an example of small network that may have both traditional and non-traditional network devices connected to thenetwork 600, in keeping with an Internet of Things approach. Home networks are also an example of networks that are often implemented with minimal security. The average homeowner is not likely to be a sophisticated network security expert, and may rely on his modem or router to provide at least some basic security. The homeowner, however, is likely able to at least set up a basic home network. A deception-based network security device may be as simple to set up as a home router or base station, yet provide sophisticated security for thenetwork 600. - The
example network 600 ofFIG. 6 may be a single network, or may include multiple sub-networks. These sub-networks may or may not communicate with each other. For example, thenetwork 600 may include a sub-network that uses the electrical wiring in the house as a communication channel. Devices configured to communicate in this way may connect to the network using electrical outlets, which also provide the devices with power. The sub-network may include a central controller device, which may coordinate the activities of devices connected to the electrical network, including turning devices on and off at particular times. One example of a protocol that uses the electrical wiring as a communication network is X10. - The
network 600 may also include wireless and wired networks, built into the home or added to the home solely for providing a communication medium for devices in the house. Examples of wireless, radio-based networks include networks using protocols such as Z-Wave™, Zigbee™ (also known as Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.15.4), Bluetooth™, and Wi-Fi (also known as IEEE 802.11), among others. Wireless networks can be set up by installing a wireless base station in the house. Alternatively or additionally, a wireless network can be established by having at least two devices in the house that are able to communicate with each other using the same protocol. - Examples of wired networks include Ethernet (also known as IEEE 802.3), token ring (also known as IEEE 802.5), Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI), and Attached Resource Computer Network (ARCNET), among others. A wired network can be added to the house by running cabling through the walls, ceilings, and/or floors, and placing jacks in various rooms that devices can connect to with additional cables. The wired network can be extended using routers, switches, and/or hubs. In many cases, wired networks may be interconnected with wireless networks, with the interconnected networks operating as one seamless network. For example, an Ethernet network may include a wireless base station that provides a Wi-Fi signal for devices in the house.
- As noted above, a
small network 600 implemented in a home is one that may include both traditional network devices and non-traditional, everyday electronics and appliances that have also been connected to thenetwork 600. Examples of rooms where one may find non-traditional devices connected to the network are the kitchen and laundry rooms. For example, in the kitchen arefrigerator 604,oven 606,microwave 608, anddishwasher 610 may be connected to thenetwork 600, and in the laundry room awashing machine 612 may be connected to thenetwork 600. By attaching these appliances to thenetwork 600, the homeowner can monitor the activity of each device (e.g., whether the dishes are clean, the current state of a turkey in the oven, or the washing machine cycle) or change the operation of each device without needing to be in the same room or even be at home. The appliances can also be configured to resupply themselves. For example, therefrigerator 604 may detect that a certain product is running low, and may place an order with a grocery delivery service for the product to be restocked. - The
network 600 may also include environmental appliances, such as athermostat 602 and awater heater 614. By having these devices connected to thenetwork 600, the homeowner can monitor the current environment of the house (e.g., the air temperature or the hot water temperature), and adjust the settings of these appliances while at home or away. Furthermore, software on thenetwork 600 or on theInternet 650 may track energy usage for the heating and cooling units and thewater heater 614. This software may also track energy usage for the other devices, such as the kitchen and laundry room appliances. The energy usage of each appliance may be available to the homeowner over thenetwork 600. - In the living room, various home electronics may be on the
network 600. These electronics may have once been fully analog or may have been standalone devices, but now include a network connection for exchanging data with other devices in thenetwork 600 or with theInternet 650. The home electronics in this example include atelevision 618, agaming system 620, and a media device 622 (e.g., a video and/or audio player). Each of these devices may play media hosted, for example, on network attachedstorage 636 located elsewhere in thenetwork 600, or media hosted on theInternet 650. - The
network 600 may also include home safety and security devices, such as asmoke detector 616, anelectronic door lock 624, and ahome security system 626. Having these devices on the network may allow the homeowner to track the information monitored and/or sensed by these devices, both when the homeowner is at home and away from the house. For example, the homeowner may be able to view a video feed from asecurity camera 628. When the safety and security devices detect a problem, they may also inform the homeowner. For example, thesmoke detector 616 may send an alert to the homeowner's smartphone when it detects smoke, or theelectronic door lock 624 may alert the homeowner when there has been a forced entry. Furthermore, the homeowner may be able to remotely control these devices. For example, the homeowner may be able to remotely open theelectronic door lock 624 for a family member who has been locked out. The safety and security devices may also use their connection to the network to call the fire department or police if necessary. - Another non-traditional device that may be found in the
network 600 is thefamily car 630. Thecar 630 is one of many devices, such aslaptop computers 638,tablet computers 646, andsmartphones 642, that connect to thenetwork 600 when at home, and when not at home, may be able to connect to thenetwork 600 over theInternet 650. Connecting to thenetwork 600 over theInternet 650 may provide the homeowner with remote access to his network. Thenetwork 600 may be able to provide information to thecar 630 and receive information from thecar 630 while the car is away. For example, thenetwork 600 may be able to track the location of thecar 630 while thecar 630 is away. - In the home office and elsewhere around the house, this
example network 600 includes some traditional devices connected to thenetwork 600. For example, the home office may include adesktop computer 632 and network attachedstorage 636. Elsewhere around the house, this example includes alaptop computer 638 and handheld devices such as atablet computer 646 and asmartphone 642. In this example, aperson 640 is also connected to thenetwork 600. Theperson 640 may be connected to thenetwork 600 wirelessly through personal devices worn by theperson 640, such as a smart watch, fitness tracker, or heart rate monitor. Theperson 640 may alternatively or additionally be connected to thenetwork 600 through a network-enabled medical device, such as a pacemaker, heart monitor, or drug delivery system, which may be worn or implanted. - The
desktop computer 632,laptop computer 638,tablet computer 646, and/orsmartphone 642 may provide an interface that allows the homeowner to monitor and control the various devices connected to the network. Some of these devices, such as thelaptop computer 638, thetablet computer 646, and thesmartphone 642 may also leave the house, and provide remote access to thenetwork 600 over theInternet 650. In many cases, however, each device on the network may have its own software for monitoring and controlling only that one device. For example, thethermostat 602 may use one application while themedia device 622 uses another, and the wireless network provides yet another. Furthermore, it may be the case that the various sub-networks in the house do not communicate with each other, and/or are viewed and controlled using software that is unique to each sub-network. In many cases, the homeowner may not have one unified and easily understood view of hisentire home network 600. - The
small network 600 in this example may also include network infrastructure devices, such as a router or switch (not shown) and awireless base station 634. Thewireless base station 634 may provide a wireless network for the house. The router or switch may provide a wired network for the house. Thewireless base station 634 may be connected to the router or switch to provide a wireless network that is an extension of the wired network. The router or switch may be connected to agateway device 648 that connects thenetwork 600 to other networks, including theInternet 650. In some cases, a router or switch may be integrated into thegateway device 648. Thegateway device 648 is a cable modem, digital subscriber line (DSL) modem, optical modem, analog modem, or some other device that connects thenetwork 600 to an Internet Services Provider (ISP). The ISP may provide access to theInternet 650. Typically, a home network only has onegateway device 648. In some cases, thenetwork 600 may not be connected to any networks outside of the house. In these cases, information about thenetwork 600 and control of devices in thenetwork 600 may not be available when the homeowner is not connected to thenetwork 600; that is, the homeowner may not have access to hisnetwork 600 over theInternet 650. - Typically, the
gateway device 648 includes a hardware and/or software firewall. A firewall monitors incoming and outgoing network traffic and, by applying security rules to the network traffic, attempts to keep harmful network traffic out of thenetwork 600. In many cases, a firewall is the only security system protecting thenetwork 600. While a firewall may work for some types of intrusion attempts originating outside thenetwork 600, the firewall may not block all intrusion mechanisms, particularly intrusions mechanisms hidden in legitimate network traffic. Furthermore, while a firewall may block intrusions originating on theInternet 650, the firewall may not detect intrusions originating from within thenetwork 600. For example, an infiltrator may get into thenetwork 600 by connecting to signal from the Wi-Fi base station 634. Alternatively, the infiltrator may connect to thenetwork 600 by physically connecting, for example, to thewashing machine 612. Thewashing machine 612 may have a port that a service technician can connect to service the machine. Alternatively or additionally, thewashing machine 612 may have a simple Universal Serial Bus (USB) port. Once an intruder has gained access to thewashing machine 612, the intruder may have access to the rest of thenetwork 600. - To provide more security for the
network 600, a deception-basednetwork security device 660 can be added to thenetwork 600. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 is a standalone device that can be added to thenetwork 600 by connecting it to a router or switch. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 can alternatively or additionally be connected to the network's 600 wireless sub-network by powering on thesecurity device 660 and providing it with Wi-Fi credentials. Thesecurity device 660 may have a touchscreen, or a screen and a keypad, for inputting Wi-Fi credentials. Alternatively or additionally, the homeowner may be able to enter network information into the security device by logging into thesecurity device 660 over a Bluetooth™ or Wi-Fi signal using software on a smartphone, tablet, or laptop, or using a web browser. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 can be connected to a sub-network running over the home's electrical wiring by connecting thesecurity device 660 to a power outlet. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may have ports, interfaces, and/or radio antennas for connecting to the various sub-networks that can be included in thenetwork 600. This may be useful, for example, when the sub-networks do not communicate with each other, or do not communicate with each other seamlessly. Once powered on and connected, thesecurity device 660 may self-configure and monitor the security of each sub-network in thenetwork 600 that it is connected to. - In some implementations, the
security device 660 may be configured to connect between thegateway device 648 and the network's 600 primary router, and/or between thegateway device 648 and the gateway device's 648 connection to the wall. Connected in one or both of these locations, thesecurity device 660 may be able to control the network's 600 connection with outside networks. For example, the security device can disconnect thenetwork 600 from theInternet 650. - In some implementations, the
security device 660, instead of being implemented as a standalone device, may be integrated into one or more of the appliances, home electronics, or computing devices (in this example network 600), or in some other device not illustrated here. For example, thesecurity device 660—or the functionality of thesecurity device 660—may be incorporated into thegateway device 648 or adesktop computer 632 or alaptop computer 638. As another example, thesecurity device 660 can be integrated into a kitchen appliance (e.g., therefrigerator 604 or microwave 608), a home media device (e.g., thetelevision 618 or gaming system 620), or thehome security system 626. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may be a printed circuit board that can be added to another device without requiring significant changes to the other device. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may be implemented using an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) or Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) that can be added to the electronics of a device. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may be implemented as a software module or modules that can run concurrently with the operating system or firmware of a networked device. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may have a physical or virtual security barrier that prevents access to it by the device that it is integrated into. In some implementations, the security device's 660 presence in another device may be hidden from the device into which thesecurity device 660 is integrated. - In various implementations, the
security device 660 may scan thenetwork 600 to determine which devices are present in thenetwork 600. Alternatively or additionally, thesecurity device 660 may communicate with a central controller in the network 600 (or multiple central controllers, when there are sub-networks, each with their own central controller) to learn which devices are connected to thenetwork 600. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may undergo a learning period, during which thesecurity device 660 learns the normal activity of thenetwork 600, such as what time of day appliances and electronics are used, what they are used for, and/or what data is transferred to and from these devices. During the learning period, thesecurity device 660 may alert the homeowner to any unusual or suspicious activity. The homeowner may indicate that this activity is acceptable, or may indicate that the activity is an intrusion. As described below, thesecurity device 660 may subsequently take preventive action against the intrusion. - Once the
security device 660 has learned the topology and/or activity of thenetwork 600, thesecurity device 660 may be able to provide deception-based security for thenetwork 600. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may deploy security mechanisms that are configured to emulate devices that could be found in thenetwork 600. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may monitor activity on thenetwork 600, including watching the data sent between the various devices on thenetwork 600, and between the devices and theInternet 650. Thesecurity device 660 may be looking for activity that is unusual, unexpected, or readily identifiable as suspect. Upon detecting suspicious activity in thenetwork 600, thesecurity device 660 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms. - In some implementations, the deceptive security mechanisms are software processes running on the
security device 660 that emulate devices that may be found in thenetwork 600. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may be assisted in emulating the security devices by another device on thenetwork 600, such as thedesktop computer 632. From the perspective of devices connected to thenetwork 600, the security mechanisms appear just like any other device on the network, including, for example, having an Internet Protocol (IP) address, a Media Access Control (MAC) address, and/or some other identification information, having an identifiable device type, and responding to or transmitting data just as would the device being emulated. The security mechanisms may be emulated by thesecurity device 660 itself; thus, while, from the point of view of thenetwork 600, thenetwork 600 appears to have additional devices, no physical equivalent (other than the security device 660) can be found in the house. - The devices and data emulated by a security mechanism are selected such that the security mechanism is an attractive target for intrusion attempts. Thus, the security mechanism may emulate valuable data, and/or devices that are easily hacked into, and/or devices that provide easy access to the reset of the
network 600. Furthermore, the security mechanisms emulate devices that are likely to be found in thenetwork 600, such as a second television, a second thermostat, or another laptop computer. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may contact a service on theInternet 650 for assistance in selecting devices to emulate and/or for how to configure emulated devices. Thesecurity devices 660 may select and configure security mechanisms to be attractive to intrusions attempts, and to deflect attention away from more valuable or vulnerable network assets. Additionally, the security mechanisms can assist in confirming that an intrusion into thenetwork 600 has actually taken place. - In some implementations, the
security device 660 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms in advance of detecting any suspicious activity. For example, having scanned the network, thesecurity device 660 may determine that thenetwork 600 includes only onetelevision 618 and onesmoke detector 616. Thesecurity device 660 may therefore choose to deploy security mechanisms that emulate a second television and a second smoke detector. With security mechanisms preemptively added to the network, when there is an intrusion attempt, the intruder may target the security mechanisms instead of valuable or vulnerable network devices. The security mechanisms thus may serve as decoys and may deflect an intruder away from the network's 600 real devices. - In some implementations, the security mechanisms deployed by the
security device 660 may take into account specific requirements of thenetwork 600 and/or the type of devices that can be emulated. For example, in some cases, the network 600 (or a sub-network) may assign identifiers to each device connected to thenetwork 600, and/or each device may be required to adopt a unique identifier. In these cases, thesecurity device 660 may assign an identifier to deployed security mechanisms that do not interfere with identifiers used by actual devices in thenetwork 600. As another example, in some cases, devices on thenetwork 600 may register themselves with a central controller and/or with a central service on theInternet 650. For example, thethermostat 602 may register with a service on theInternet 650 that monitors energy use for the home. In these cases, the security mechanisms that emulate these types of devices may also register with the central controller or the central service. Doing so may improve the apparent authenticity of the security mechanism, and may avoid conflicts with the central controller or central service. Alternatively or additionally, thesecurity device 660 may determine to deploy security mechanisms that emulate other devices, and avoid registering with the central controller or central service. - In some implementations, the
security device 660 may dynamically adjust the security mechanisms that it has deployed. For example, when the homeowner adds devices to thenetwork 600, thesecurity device 660 may remove security mechanisms that conflict with the new devices, or change a security mechanism so that the security mechanism's configuration is not incongruous with the new devices (e.g., the security mechanisms should not have the same MAC address as a new device). As another example, when the network owner removes a device from thenetwork 600, thesecurity device 660 may add a security mechanism that mimics the device that was removed. As another example, the security device may change the activity of a security mechanism, for example, to reflect changes in the normal activity of the home, changes in the weather, the time of year, the occurrence of special events, and so on. - The
security device 660 may also dynamically adjust the security mechanisms it has deployed in response to suspicious activity it has detected on thenetwork 600. For example, upon detecting suspicious activity, thesecurity device 660 may change the behavior of a security mechanism or may deploy additional security mechanisms. The changes to the security mechanisms may be directed by the suspicious activity, meaning that if, for example, the suspicious activity appears to be probing for awireless base station 634, thesecurity device 660 may deploy a decoy wireless base station. - Changes to the security mechanisms are meant not only to attract a possible intrusion, but also to confirm that an intrusion has, in fact occurred. Since the security mechanisms are not part of the normal operation of the
network 600, normal occupants of the home are not expected to access the security mechanisms. Thus, in most cases, any access of a security mechanism is suspect. Once thesecurity device 660 has detected an access to a security mechanism, thesecurity device 660 may next attempt to confirm that an intrusion into thenetwork 600 has taken place. An intrusion can be confirmed, for example, by monitoring activity at the security mechanism. For example, login attempts, probing of data emulated by the security mechanism, copying of data from the security mechanism, and attempts to log into another part of thenetwork 600 from the security mechanism indicate a high likelihood that an intrusion has occurred. - Once the
security device 660 is able to confirm an intrusion into thenetwork 600, thesecurity device 660 may alert the homeowner. For example, thesecurity device 660 may sound an audible alarm, send an email or text message to the homeowner or some other designated persons, and/or send an alert to an application running on a smartphone or tablet. As another example, thesecurity device 660 may access other network devices and, for example, flash lights, trigger the security system's 626 alarm, and/or display messages on devices that include display screens, such as thetelevision 618 orrefrigerator 604. In some implementations, depending on the nature of the intrusion, thesecurity device 660 may alert authorities such as the police or fire department. - In some implementations, the
security device 660 may also take preventive actions. For example, when an intrusion appears to have originated outside thenetwork 600, thesecurity device 660 may block the network's 600 access to theInternet 650, thus possibly cutting off the intrusion. As another example, when the intrusion appears to have originated from within thenetwork 600, thesecurity device 660 may isolate any apparently compromised devices, for example by disconnecting them from thenetwork 600. When only its own security mechanisms are compromised, thesecurity device 660 may isolate itself from the rest of thenetwork 600. As another example, when thesecurity device 660 is able to determine that the intrusion very likely included physical intrusion into the house, thesecurity device 660 may alert the authorities. Thesecurity device 660 may further lock down the house by, for example, locking any electronic door locks 624. - In some implementations, the
security device 660 may be able to enable a homeowner to monitor thenetwork 600 when a suspicious activity has been detected, or at any other time. For example, the homeowner may be provided with a software application that can be installed on a smartphone, tablet, desktop, and/or laptop computer. The software application may receive information from thesecurity device 660 over a wired or wireless connection. Alternatively or additionally, the homeowner may be able to access information about his network through a web browser, where thesecurity device 660 formats webpages for displaying the information. Alternatively or additionally, thesecurity device 660 may itself have a touchscreen or a screen and key pad that provide information about thenetwork 600 to the homeowner. - The information provided to the homeowner may include, for example, a list and/or graphic display of the devices connected to the
network 600. The information may further provide a real-time status of each device, such as whether the device is on or off, the current activity of the device, data being transferred to or from the device, and/or the current user of the device, among other things. The list or graphic display may update as devices connect and disconnect from thenetwork 600, such as for example laptops and smartphones connecting to or disconnecting from a wireless sub-network in thenetwork 600. Thesecurity device 660 may further alert the homeowner when a device has unexpectedly been disconnected from thenetwork 600. Thesecurity device 660 may further alert the homeowner when an unknown device connects to thenetwork 600, such as for example when a device that is not known to the homeowner connects to the Wi-Fi signal. - The
security device 660 may also maintain historic information. For example, thesecurity device 660 may provide snapshots of thenetwork 600 taken once a day, once a week, or once a month. Thesecurity device 660 may further provide a list of devices that have, for example, connected to the wireless signal in the last hour or day, at what times, and for how long. Thesecurity device 660 may also be able to provide identification information for these devices, such as MAC addresses or usernames. As another example, thesecurity device 660 may also maintain usage statistics for each device in thenetwork 600, such as for example the times at which each device was in use, what the device was used for, how much energy the device used, and so on. - The software application or web browser or display interface that provides the homeowner with information about his
network 600 may also enable the homeowner to make changes to thenetwork 600 or to devices in thenetwork 600. For example, through thesecurity device 660, the homeowner may be able to turn devices on or off, change the configuration of a device, change a password for a device or for the network, and so on. - In some implementations, the
security device 660 may also display currently deployed security mechanisms and their configuration. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may also display activity seen at the security mechanisms, such as for example a suspicious access to a security mechanism. In some implementations, thesecurity device 660 may also allow the homeowner to customize the security mechanisms. For example, the homeowner may be able to add or remove security mechanisms, modify data emulated by the security mechanisms, modify the configuration of security mechanism, and/or modify the activity of a security mechanism. - A deception-based
network security device 660 thus can provide sophisticated security for a small network. Thesecurity device 660 may be simple to add to a network, yet provide comprehensive protection against both external and internal intrusions. Moreover, thesecurity device 660 may be able to monitor multiple sub-networks that are each using different protocols. Thesecurity device 660, using deceptive security mechanisms, may be able to detect and confirm intrusions into thenetwork 600. Thesecurity device 660 may be able to take preventive actions when an intrusion occurs. Thesecurity device 660 may also be able to provide the homeowner with information about his network, and possibly also control over devices in the network. -
FIG. 7 illustrates another example of asmall network 700, here implemented in a small business. A network in a small business may have both traditional and non-traditional devices connected to thenetwork 700. Small business networks are also examples of networks that are often implemented with minimal security. A small business owner may not have the financial or technical resources, time, or expertise to configure a sophisticated security infrastructure for hernetwork 700. The business owner, however, is likely able to at least set up anetwork 700 for the operation of the business. A deception-based network security device that is at least as simple to set up as thenetwork 700 itself may provide inexpensive and simple yet sophisticated security for thenetwork 700. - The
example network 700 may be one, single network, or may include multiple sub-networks. For example, thenetwork 700 may include a wired sub-network, such as an Ethernet network, and a wireless sub-network, such as an 802.11 Wi-Fi network. The wired sub-network may be implemented using cables that have been run through the walls and/or ceilings to the various rooms in the business. The cables may be connected to jacks in the walls that devices can connect to in order to connect to thenetwork 700. The wireless network may be implemented using awireless base station 720, or several wireless base stations, which provide a wireless signal throughout the business. Thenetwork 700 may include other wireless sub-networks, such as a short-distance Bluetooth™ network. In some cases, the sub-networks communicate with one another. For example, the Wi-Fi sub-network may be connected to the wired Ethernet sub-network. In some cases, the various sub-networks in thenetwork 700 may not be configured to or able to communicate with each other. - As noted above, the
small business network 700 may include both computers, network infrastructure devices, and other devices not traditionally found in a network. Thenetwork 700 may also include electronics, machinery, and systems that have been connected to thenetwork 700 according to an Internet-of-Things approach. Workshop machinery that was once purely analog may now have computer controls. Digital workshop equipment may be network-enabled. By connecting shop equipment and machinery to thenetwork 700, automation and efficiency of the business can be improved and orders, materials, and inventory can be tracked. Having more devices on thenetwork 700, however, may increase the number of vulnerabilities in thenetwork 700. Devices that have only recently become network-enabled may be particularly vulnerable because their security systems have not yet been hardened through use and attack. A deception-based network security device may provide simple-to-install and sophisticated security for a network that may otherwise have only minimal security. - The example small business of
FIG. 7 includes a front office. In the front office, the network may include devices for administrative tasks. These devices may include, for example, alaptop computer 722 and atelephone 708. These devices may be attached to thenetwork 700 in order to, for example, access records related to the business, which may be stored on aserver 732 located elsewhere in the building. In the front office, security devices for the building may also be found, including, for example, security system controls 724 and anelectronic door lock 726. Having the security devices on thenetwork 700 may enable the business owner to remotely control access to the building. The business owner may also be able to remotely monitor the security of building, such as for example being able to view video streams fromsecurity cameras 742. The front office may also be where environmental controls, such as athermostat 702, are located. Having thethermostat 702 on thenetwork 700 may allow the business owner to remotely control the temperature settings. A network-enabledthermostat 702 may also track energy usage for the heating and cooling systems. The front office may also include safety devices, such as a network-connectedsmoke alarm 728. A network-connected smoke alarm may be able to inform the business owner that there is a problem in the building be connecting to the business owner's smartphone or computer. - Another workspace in this example small business is a workshop. In the workshop, the
network 700 may include production equipment for producing the goods sold by the business. The production equipment may include, for example, manufacturing machines 704 (e.g. a milling machine, a Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machine, a 3D printer, or some other machine tool) and aplotter 706. The production equipment may be controlled by a computer on thenetwork 700, and/or may receive product designs over thenetwork 700 and independently execute the designs. In the workshop, one may also find other devices related to the manufacturing of products, such as radiofrequency identification (RFID) scanners, barcode or Quick Response (QR) code generators, and other devices for tracking inventory, as well as electronic tools, hand tools, and so on. - In the workshop and elsewhere in the building, mobile computing devices and
people 738 may also be connected to thenetwork 700. Mobile computing devices include, for example,tablet computers 734 andsmartphones 736. These devices may be used to control production equipment, track supplies and inventory, receive and track orders, and/or for other operations of the business.People 738 may be connected to the network through network-connected devices worn or implanted in thepeople 738, such as for example smart watches, fitness trackers, heart rate monitors, drug delivery systems, pacemakers, and so on. - At a loading dock, the example small business may have a
delivery van 748 and acompany car 746. When these vehicles are away from the business, they may be connected to thenetwork 700 remotely, for example over theInternet 750. By being able to communicate with thenetwork 700, the vehicles may be able to receive information such as product delivery information (e.g., orders, addresses, and/or delivery times), supply pickup instructions, and so on. The business owner may also be able to track the location of these vehicles from the business location, or over theInternet 750 when away from the business, and/or track who is using the vehicles. - The business may also have a back office. In the back office, the
network 700 may include traditional network devices, such ascomputers 730, amulti-function printer 716, ascanner 718, and aserver 732. In this example, thecomputers 730 may be used to design products for manufacturing in the workshop, as well as for management of the business, including tracking orders, supplies, inventory, and/or human resources records. Themulti-function printer 716 andscanner 718 may support the design work and the running of the business. Theserver 732 may store product designs, orders, supply records, and inventory records, as well as administrative data, such as accounting and human resources data. - The back office may also be where a
gateway device 770 is located. Thegateway device 770 connects the small business to other networks, including theInternet 750. Typically, thegateway device 770 connects to an ISP, and the ISP provides access to theInternet 750. In some cases, a router may be integrated into thegateway device 770. In some cases,gateway device 770 may be connected to an external router, switch, or hub, not illustrated here. In some cases, thenetwork 700 is not connected to any networks outside of the business'sown network 700. In these cases, thenetwork 700 may not have agateway device 770. - The back office is also where the
network 700 may have a deception-basednetwork security device 760. Thesecurity device 760 may be a standalone device that may be enabled as soon as it is connected to thenetwork 700. Alternatively or additionally, thesecurity device 760 may be integrated into another device connected to thenetwork 700, such as thegateway device 770, a router, adesktop computer 730, alaptop computer 722, themulti-function printer 716, or thethermostat 702, among others. When integrated into another device, thesecurity device 760 may use the network connection of the other device, or may have its own network connection for connecting to thenetwork 700. Thesecurity device 760 may connect to thenetwork 700 using a wired connection or a wireless connection. - Once connected to the
network 700, thesecurity device 760 may begin monitoring thenetwork 700 for suspect activity. In some implementations, thesecurity device 760 may scan thenetwork 700 to learn which devices are connected to thenetwork 700. In some cases, thesecurity device 760 may learn the normal activity of thenetwork 700, such as what time the various devices are used, for how long, by whom, for what purpose, and what data is transferred to and from each device, among other things. - In some implementations, having learned the configuration and/or activity of the
network 700, thesecurity device 760 may deploy deceptive security mechanisms. These security mechanisms may emulate devices that may be found on thenetwork 700, including having an identifiable device type and/or network identifiers (such as a MAC address and/or IP address), and being able to send and receive network traffic that a device of a certain time would send and receive. For example, for the example small business, thesecurity device 760 may configure a security mechanism to emulate a 3D printer, a wide-body scanner, or an additional security camera. Thesecurity device 760 may further avoid configuring a security mechanism to emulate a device that is not likely to be found in the small business, such as a washing machine. Thesecurity device 760 may use the deployed security mechanisms to monitor activity on thenetwork 700. - In various implementations, when the
security device 760 detects suspect activity, thesecurity device 760 may deploy additional security mechanisms. These additional security mechanisms may be selected based on the nature of suspect activity. For example, when the suspect activity appears to be attempting to break into the shop equipment, thesecurity device 760 may deploy a security mechanism that looks like shop equipment that is easy to hack. In some implementations, thesecurity device 760 may deploy security mechanisms only after detecting suspect activity on thenetwork 700. - The
security device 760 selects devices to emulate that are particularly attractive for an infiltration, either because the emulated device appears to have valuable data or because the emulated device appears to be easy to infiltrate, or for some other reason. In some implementations, thesecurity device 760 connects to a service on theInternet 750 for assistance in determining which devices to emulate and/or how to configure the emulated device. Once deployed, the security mechanisms serve as decoys to attract the attention of a possible infiltrator away from valuable network assets. In some implementations, thesecurity device 760 emulates the security mechanisms using software processes. In some implementations, thesecurity device 760 may be assisted in emulating security mechanisms by acomputer 730 on the network. - In some implementations, the
security device 760 may deploy security mechanisms prior to detecting suspicious activity on thenetwork 700. In these implementations, the security mechanisms may present more attractive targets for a possible, future infiltration, so that if an infiltration occurs, the infiltrator will go after the security mechanisms instead of the actual devices on thenetwork 700. - In various implementations, the
security device 760 may also change the security mechanisms that it has deployed. For example, thesecurity device 760 may add or remove security mechanisms as the operation of the business changes, as the activity on thenetwork 700 changes, as devices are added or removed from thenetwork 700, as the time of year changes, and so on. - Besides deflecting a possible network infiltration away from valuable or vulnerable network devices, the
security device 760 may use the security mechanisms to confirm that thenetwork 700 has been infiltrated. Because the security mechanisms are not part of actual devices in use by the business, any access to them over the network is suspect. Thus, once thesecurity device 760 detects an access to one of its security mechanisms, thesecurity device 760 may attempt to confirm that this access is, in fact, an unauthorized infiltration of thenetwork 700. - To confirm that a security mechanism has been infiltrated, the
security device 760 may monitor activity seen at the security mechanism. Thesecurity device 760 may further deploy additional security mechanisms, to see if, for example, it can present an even more attractive target to the possible infiltrator. Thesecurity device 760 may further look for certain activity, such as log in attempts to other devices in the network, attempts to examine data on the security mechanism, attempts to move data from the security mechanism to theInternet 750, scanning of thenetwork 700, password breaking attempts, and so on. - Once the
security device 760 has confirmed that thenetwork 700 has been infiltrated, thesecurity device 760 may alert the business owner. For example, thesecurity device 760 may sound an audible alarm, email or send text messages to thecomputers 730 and/orhandheld devices cars security device 760 may also take preventive measures. For example, thesecurity device 760 may disconnect thenetwork 700 from theInternet 750, may disconnect specific devices from the network 700 (e.g., theserver 732 or the manufacturing machines 704), may turn some network-connected devices off, and/or may lock the building. - In various implementations, the
security device 760 may allow the business owner to monitor hernetwork 700, either when an infiltration is taking place or at any other time. For example, thesecurity device 760 may provide a display of the devices currently connected to thenetwork 700, including flagging any devices connected to the wireless network that do not appear to be part of the business. Thesecurity device 760 may further display what each device is currently doing, who is using them, how much energy each device is presently using, and/or how much network bandwidth each device is using. Thesecurity device 760 may also be able to store this information and provide historic configuration and/or usage of thenetwork 700. - The
security device 760 may have a display it can use to show information to the business owner. Alternatively or additionally, thesecurity device 760 may provide this information to a software application that can run on a desktop or laptop computer, a tablet, or a smartphone. Alternatively or additionally, thesecurity device 760 may format this information for display through a web browser. The business owner may further be able to control devices on thenetwork 700 through an interface provided by thesecurity device 760, including, for example, turning devices on or off, adjusting settings on devices, configuring user accounts, and so on. The business owner may also be able to view any security mechanisms presently deployed, and may be able to re-configure the security mechanisms, turn them off, or turn them on. - IoT networks can also include industrial control systems. Industrial control system is a general term that encompasses several types of control systems, including supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems, distributed control systems (DCS) and other control system configurations, such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs), often found in the industrial sectors and infrastructures. Industrial control systems are often found in industries such as electrical, water and wastewater, oil and natural gas, chemical, transportation, pharmaceutical, pulp and paper, food and beverage, and discrete manufacturing (e.g., automotive, aerospace, and durable goods). While a large percentage of industrial control systems may be privately owned and operated, federal agencies also operate many industrial processes, such as air traffic control systems and materials handling (e.g., Postal Service mail handling).
-
FIG. 8 illustrates an example of the basic operation of anindustrial control system 800. Generally, anindustrial control system 800 may include acontrol loop 802, a human-machine interface 806, and remote diagnostics andmaintenance 808. In some implementations, the example industrial control system can be defended by a network threat detection and analysis system, which can include adeception center 898 and asecurity services provider 896. - A
control loop 802 may consist ofsensors 812,controller 804 hardware such as PLCs,actuators 810, and the communication ofvariables sensors 812 may be used for measuring variables in the system, while theactuators 810 may include, for example, control valves breakers, switches, and motors. Some of thesensors 812 may be deceptions sensors.Controlled variables 834 may be transmitted to thecontroller 804 from thesensors 812. Thecontroller 804 may interpret the controlledvariables 834 and generates corresponding manipulatedvariables 832, based on set points provided bycontroller interaction 830. Thecontroller 804 may then transmit the manipulatedvariables 832 to theactuators 810. Theactuators 810 may drive a controlled process 814 (e.g., a machine on an assembly line). The controlledprocess 814 may accept process inputs 822 (e.g., raw materials) and produce process outputs 824 (e.g., finished products).New information 820 provided to the controlledprocess 814 may result innew sensor 812 signals, which identify the state of the controlledprocess 814 and which may also transmitted to thecontroller 804. - In some implementations, at least some of the
sensors 812 can also provide thedeception center 898 with visibility into theindustrial control system 800, such as for example being able to present or project deceptive security mechanisms into the industrial control system. Additionally, in various implementations, thesensors 812 may provide a portal through which a suspected attack on the industrial control system can be redirected to thedeception center 898. Thedeception center 898 and thesensors 812 may be able to communicate usingnetwork tunnels 880. - The
deception center 898 provides network security for theindustrial control system 800 by deploying security mechanisms into theindustrial control system 800, monitoring the industrial control system through the security mechanisms, detecting and redirecting apparent threats, and analyzing network activity resulting from the apparent threat. In some implementations, theindustrial control system 800 can include more than onedeception center 898. In some implementations, the deception center may be located off-site, such as on the Internet. - In some implementations, the
deception center 898 may interact with asecurity services provider 896 located outside theindustrial control system 800. Thesecurity services provider 896 may act as a central hub for providing security to multiple sites that are part of theindustrial control system 800, and/or for multiple separate, possibly unrelated, industrial control systems. For example, thesecurity services provider 896 may communicate withmultiple deception centers 898 that each provide security for a differentindustrial control system 800 for the same organization. As another example, thesecurity services provider 896 may coordinate the activities of thedeception center 898 and thesensors 812, such as enabling thedeception center 898 and thesensors 812 to connect to each other. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 896 is located outside theindustrial control system 800. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 896 is controlled by a different entity than the entity that controls the site network. For example, thesecurity services provider 896 may be an outside vendor. In some implementations, thesecurity services provider 896 is controlled by the same entity as that controls the industrial control system. In some implementations, the network security system does not include asecurity services provider 896. - The human-
machine interface 806 provides operators and engineers with an interface forcontroller interaction 830.Controller interaction 830 may include monitoring and configuring set points and control algorithms, and adjusting and establishing parameters in thecontroller 804. The human-machine interface 806 typically also receives information from thecontroller 804 that allows the human-machine interface 806 to display process status information and historical information about the operation of thecontrol loop 802. - The remote diagnostics and
maintenance 808 utilities are typically used to prevent, identify, and recover from abnormal operation or failures. For diagnostics, the remote diagnostics andmaintenance utilities 808 may monitor the operation of each of thecontroller 804,sensors 812, andactuators 810. To recover after a problem, the remote diagnostics andmaintenance 808 utilities may provide recovery information and instructions to one or more of thecontroller 804,sensors 812, and/oractuators 810. - A typical industrial control system contains many control loops, human-machine interfaces, and remote diagnostics and maintenance tools, built using an array of network protocols on layered network architectures. In some cases, multiple control loops are nested and/or cascading, with the set point for one control loop being based on process variables determined by another control loop. Supervisory-level control loops and lower-level control loops typically operate continuously over the duration of a process, with cycle times ranging from milliseconds to minutes.
- One type of industrial control system that may include many control loops, human-machine interfaces, and remote diagnostics and maintenance tools is a supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system. SCADA systems are used to control dispersed assets, where centralized data acquisition is typically as important as control of the system. SCADA systems are used in distribution systems such as, for example, water distribution and wastewater collection systems, oil and natural gas pipelines, electrical utility transmission and distribution systems, and rail and other public transportation systems, among others. SCADA systems typically integrate data acquisition systems with data transmission systems and human-machine interface software to provide a centralized monitoring and control system for numerous process inputs and outputs. SCADA systems are typically designed to collect field information, transfer this information to a central computer facility, and to display the information to an operator in a graphic and/or textual manner. Using this displayed information, the operator may, in real time, monitor and control an entire system from a central location. In various implementations, control of any individual sub-system, operation, or task can be automatic, or can be performed by manual commands.
-
FIG. 9 illustrates an example of aSCADA system 900, here used for distributed monitoring and control. Thisexample SCADA system 900 includes aprimary control center 902 and three field sites 930 a-930 c. Abackup control center 904 provides redundancy in case of there is a malfunction at theprimary control center 902. Theprimary control center 902 in this example includes acontrol server 906—which may also be called a SCADA server or a Master Terminal Unit (MTU) —and a local area network (LAN) 918. Theprimary control center 902 may also include a human-machine interface station 908, adata historian 910,engineering workstations 912, and various network equipment such asprinters 914, each connected to theLAN 918. - The
control server 906 typically acts as the master of theSCADA system 900. Thecontrol server 906 typically includes supervisory control software that controls lower-level control devices, such as Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) and PLCs, located at the field sites 930 a-930 c. The software may tell thesystem 900 what and when to monitor, what parameter ranges are acceptable, and/or what response to initiate when parameters are outside of acceptable values. - The
control server 906 of this example may access Remote Terminal Units and/or PLCs at the field sites 930 a-930 c using a communications infrastructure, which may include radio-based communication devices, telephone lines, cables, and/or satellites. In the illustrated example, thecontrol server 906 is connected to amodem 916, which provides communication with serial-basedradio communication 920, such as a radio antenna. Using theradio communication 920, thecontrol server 906 can communicate with field sites 930 a-930 b using radiofrequency signals 922. Some field sites 930 a-930 b may have radio transceivers for communicating back to thecontrol server 906. - A human-
machine interface station 908 is typically a combination of hardware and software that allows human operators to monitor the state of processes in theSCADA system 900. The human-machine interface station 908 may further allow operators to modify control settings to change a control objective, and/or manually override automatic control operations, such as in the event of an emergency. The human-machine interface station 908 may also allow a control engineer or operator to configure set points or control algorithms and parameters in a controller, such as a Remote Terminal Unit or a PLC. The human-machine interface station 908 may also display process status information, historical information, reports, and other information to operators, administrators, mangers, business partners, and other authorized users. The location, platform, and interface of a human-machine interface station 908 may vary. For example, the human-machine interface station 908 may be a custom, dedicated platform in theprimary control center 902, a laptop on a wireless LAN, or a browser on a system connected to the Internet. - The
data historian 910 in this example is a database for logging all process information within theSCADA system 900. Information stored in this database can be accessed to support analysis of thesystem 900, for example for statistical process control or enterprise level planning. - The
backup control center 904 may include all or most of the same components that are found in theprimary control center 902. In some cases, thebackup control center 904 may temporarily take over for components at theprimary control center 902 that have failed or have been taken offline for maintenance. In some cases, thebackup control center 904 is configured to take over all operations of theprimary control center 902, such as when theprimary control center 902 experiences a complete failure (e.g., is destroyed in a natural disaster). - The
primary control center 902 may collect and log information gathered by the field sites 930 a-930 c and display this information using the human-machine interface station 908. Theprimary control center 902 may also generate actions based on detected events. Theprimary control center 902 may, for example, poll field devices at the field sites 930 a-930 c for data at defined intervals (e.g., 5 or 60 seconds), and can send new set points to a field device as required. In addition to polling and issuing high-level commands, theprimary control center 902 may also watch for priority interrupts coming from the alarm systems at the field sites 930 a-930 c. - In this example, the
primary control center 902 uses point-to-point connections to communication with three field sites 930 a-930 c, using radio telemetry for two communications with two of the field sites 930 a-930 b. In this example, theprimary control center 902 uses a wide area network (WAN) 960 to communicate with thethird field site 930 c. In other implementations, theprimary control center 902 may use other communication topologies to communicate with field sites. Other communication topologies include rings, stars, meshes, trees, lines or series, and busses or multi-drops, among others. Standard and proprietary communication protocols may be used to transport information between theprimary control center 902 and field sites 930 a-930 c. These protocols may use telemetry techniques such as provided by telephone lines, cables, fiber optics, and/or radiofrequency transmissions such as broadcast, microwave, and/or satellite communications. - The field sites 930 a-930 c in this example perform local control of actuators and monitor local sensors. For example, a
first field site 930 a may include aPLC 932. A PLC is a small industrial computer originally designed to perform the logic functions formerly executed by electrical hardware (such as relays, switches, and/or mechanical timers and counters). PLCs have evolved into controllers capable of controlling complex processes, and are used extensively in both SCADA systems and distributed control systems. Other controllers used at the field level include process controllers and Remote Terminal Units, which may provide the same level of control as a PLC but may be designed for specific control applications. In SCADA environments, PLCs are often used as field devices because they are more economical, versatile, flexible, and configurable than special-purpose controllers. - The
PLC 932 at a field site, such as thefirst field site 930 a, may controllocal actuators local sensors valves 934 and pumps 936, among others. Examples of sensors includelevel sensors 938,pressure sensors 940, and flowsensors 942, among others. Any of theactuators sensors control server 906. Alternatively or additionally, a local Remote Terminal Unit may poll intelligent electronic devices to collect data, which it may then pass to thecontrol server 906. - Field sites 930 a-930 c are often equipped with remote access capability that allows field operators to perform remote diagnostics and repairs. For example, the first remote 930 a may include a
modem 916 connected to thePLC 932. Aremote access 950 site may be able to, using a dial up connection, connect to themodem 916. Theremote access 950 site may include itsown modem 916 for dialing into to thefield site 930 a over a telephone line. At theremote access 950 site, an operator may use acomputer 952 connected to themodem 916 to perform diagnostics and repairs on thefirst field site 930 a. - The
example SCADA system 900 includes asecond field site 930 b, which may be provisioned in substantially the same way as thefirst field site 930 a, having at least a modem and a PLC or Remote Terminal that controls and monitors some number of actuators and sensors. - The
example SCADA system 900 also includes athird field site 930 c that includes a network interface card (NIC) 944 for communicating with the system's 900WAN 960. In this example, thethird field site 930 c includes aRemote Terminal Unit 946 that is responsible for controllinglocal actuators local sensors - The
SCADA system 900 of this example also includes aregional control center 970 and acorporate enterprise network 990. Theregional control center 970 may provide a higher level of supervisory control. Theregional control center 970 may include at least a human-machine interface station 908 and acontrol server 906 that may have supervisory control over thecontrol server 906 at theprimary control center 902. Thecorporate enterprise network 990 typically has access, through the system's 900WAN 960, to all the control centers 902, 904 and to the field sites 930 a-930 c. Thecorporate enterprise network 990 may include a human-machine interface station 908 so that operators can remotely maintain and troubleshoot operations. - Another type of industrial control system is the distributed control system (DCS). Distributed control systems are typically used to control production systems within the same geographic location for industries such as oil refineries, water and wastewater management, electric power generation plants, chemical manufacturing plants, and pharmaceutical processing facilities, among others. These systems are usually process control or discrete part control systems. Process control systems may be processes that run continuously, such as manufacturing processes for fuel or steam flow in a power plant, for petroleum production in a refinery, or for distillation in a chemical plant. Discrete part control systems have processes that have distinct processing steps, typically with a distinct start and end to each step, such as found in food manufacturing, electrical and mechanical parts assembly, and parts machining. Discrete-based manufacturing industries typically conduct a series of steps on a single item to create an end product.
- A distributed control system typically uses a centralized supervisory control loop to mediate a group of localized controllers that share the overall tasks of carrying out an entire production process. By modularizing the production system, a distributed control system may reduce the impact of a single fault on the overall system. A distributed control system is typically interfaced with a corporate network to give business operations a view of the production process.
-
FIG. 10 illustrates an example of a distributedcontrol system 1000. This example distributedcontrol system 1000 encompasses a production facility, including bottom-level production processes at afield level 1004, supervisory control systems at asupervisory level 1002, and a corporate or enterprise layer. - At the
supervisory level 1002, acontrol server 1006, operating as a supervisory controller, may communicate with subordinate systems via acontrol network 1018. Thecontrol server 1006 may send set points to distributed field controllers, and may request data from the distributed field controllers. Thesupervisory level 1002 may includemultiple control servers 1006, with one acting as the primary control server and the rest acting as redundant, back-up control servers. Thesupervisory level 1002 may also include a main human-machine interface 1008 for use by operators and engineers, adata historian 1010 for logging process information from thesystem 1000, andengineering workstations 1012. - At the
field level 1004, thesystem 1000 may include various distributed field controllers. In the illustrated example, the distributedcontrol system 1000 includes amachine controller 1020, aPLC 1032, aprocess controller 1040, and asingle loop controller 1044. The distributed field controllers may each control local process actuators, based oncontrol server 1006 commands and sensor feedback from local process sensors. - In this example, the
machine controller 1020 drives amotion control network 1026. Using themotion control network 1026, themachine controller 1020 may control a number of servo drives 1022, which may each drive a motor. Themachine controller 1020 may also drive alogic control bus 1028 to communicate withvarious devices 1024. For example, themachine controller 1020 may use thelogic control bus 1028 to communicate with pressure sensors, pressure regulators, and/or solenoid valves, among other devices. One or more of thedevices 1024 may be an intelligent electronic device. A human-machine interface 1008 may be attached to themachine controller 1020 to provide an operator with local status information about the processes under control of themachine controller 1020, and/or local control of themachine controller 1020. Amodem 1016 may also be attached to themachine controller 1020 to provide remote access to themachine controller 1020. - The
PLC 1032 in thisexample system 1000 uses afieldbus 1030 to communicate withactuators 1034 andsensors 1036 under its control. Theseactuators 1034 andsensors 1036 may include, for example, direct current (DC) servo drives, alternating current (AC) servo drives, light towers, photo eyes, and/or proximity sensors, among others. A human-machine interface 1008 may also be attached to thefieldbus 1030 to provide operators with local status and control for thePLC 1032. Amodem 1016 may also be attached to thePLC 1032 to provide remote access to thePLC 1032. - The
process controller 1040 in thisexample system 1000 also uses afieldbus 1030 to communicate with actuators and sensors under its control, one or more of which may be intelligent electronic devices. Theprocess controller 1040 may communicate with itsfieldbus 1030 through an input/output (I/O)server 1042. An I/O server is a control component typically responsible for collecting, buffering, and/or providing access to process information from control sub-components. An I/O server may be used for interfacing with third-party control components. Actuators and sensors under control of theprocess controller 1040 may include, for example, pressure regulators, pressure sensors, temperature sensors, servo valves, and/or solenoid valves, among others. Theprocess controller 1040 may be connected to amodem 1016 so that aremote access 1050 site may access theprocess controller 1040. Theremote access 1050 site may include acomputer 1052 for use by an operator to monitor and control theprocess controller 1040. Thecomputer 1052 may be connected to alocal modem 1016 for dialing in to themodem 1016 connected to theprocess controller 1040. - The illustrated
example system 1000 also includes asingle loop controller 1044. In this example, thesingle loop controller 1044 interfaces withactuators 1034 andsensors 1036 with point-to-point connections, instead of a fieldbus. Point-to-point connections require a dedicated connection for each actuator 1034 and eachsensor 1036. Fieldbus networks, in contrast, do not need point-to-point connections between a controller and individual field sensors and actuators. In some implementations, a fieldbus allows greater functionality beyond control, including field device diagnostics. A fieldbus can accomplish control algorithms within the fieldbus, thereby avoiding signal routing back to a PLC for every control operation. Standard industrial communication protocols are often used on control networks and fieldbus networks. - The
single loop controller 1044 in this example is also connected to amodem 1016, for remote access to the single loop controller. - In addition to the
supervisory level 1002 andfield level 1004 control loops, the distributedcontrol system 1000 may also include intermediate levels of control. For example, in the case of a distributed control system controlling a discrete part manufacturing facility, there could be an intermediate level supervisor for each cell within the plant. This intermediate level supervisor could encompass a manufacturing cell containing a machine controller that processes a part, and a robot controller that handles raw stock and final products. Additionally, the distributed control system could include several of these cells that manage field-level controllers under the main distributed control system supervisory control loop. - In various implementations, the distributed control system may include a corporate or enterprise layer, where an
enterprise network 1080 may connect to the example production facility. Theenterprise network 1080 may be, for example, located at a corporate office co-located with the facility, and connected to thecontrol network 1018 in thesupervisory level 1002. Theenterprise network 1080 may provide engineers and managers with control and visibility into the facility. Theenterprise network 1080 may further include Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES) 1092, control systems for managing and monitoring work-in-process on a factory floor. An MES can track manufacturing information in real time, receiving up-to-the-minute data from robots, machine monitors and employees. Theenterprise network 1080 may also include Management Information Systems (MIS) 1094, software and hardware applications that implement, for example, decision support systems, resource and people management applications, project management, and database retrieval applications, as well as basic business functions such as order entry and accounting. Theenterprise network 1080 may further include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)systems 1096, business process management software that allows an organization to use a system of integrated applications to manage the business and automate many back office functions related to technology, services, and human resources. - The
enterprise network 1080 may further be connected to aWAN 1060. Through theWAN 1060, theenterprise network 1080 may connect to a distributedplant 1098, which may include control loops and supervisory functions similar to the illustrated facility, but which may be at a different geographic location. TheWAN 1060 may also connect the enterprise network to theoutside world 1090, that is, to the Internet and/or various private and public networks. In some cases, theWAN 1060 may itself include the Internet, so that theenterprise network 1080 accesses the distributedplant 1098 over the Internet. - As described above, SCADA systems and distributed control systems use Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) as the control components of an overall hierarchical system. PLCs can provide local management of processes through feedback control, as described above. In a SCADA implementation, a PLC can provide the same functionality as a Remote Terminal Unit. When used in a distributed control system, PLCs can be implemented as local controllers within a supervisory scheme. PLCs can have user-programmable memory for storing instructions, where the instructions implement specific functions such as I/O control, logic, timing, counting, proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control, communication, arithmetic, and data and file processing.
-
FIG. 11 illustrates an example of aPLC 1132 implemented in amanufacturing control process 1100. ThePLC 1132 in this example monitors and controls various devices overfieldbus network 1130. ThePLC 1132 may be connected to aLAN 1118. Anengineering workstation 1112 may also be connected to theLAN 1118, and may include a programming interface that provides access to thePLC 1132. Adata historian 1110 on theLAN 1118 may store data produced by thePLC 1132. ThePLC 1132 can also be connected to amodel 1116, which enables remote access to thePLC 1132. - The
PLC 1132 in this example may control a number of devices attached to itsfieldbus network 1130. These devices may include actuators, such as aDC servo drive 1122, anAC drive 1124, avariable frequency drive 1134, and/or alight tower 1138. ThePLC 1132 may also monitor sensors connected to thefieldbus network 1130, such asproximity sensors 1136, and/or a photo eye 1142. A human-machine interface 1108 may also be connected to thefieldbus network 1130, and may provide local monitoring and control of thePLC 1132. - Most industrial control systems were developed years ago, long before public and private networks, desktop computing, or the Internet were a common part of business operations. These well-established industrial control systems were designed to meet performance, reliability, safety, and flexibility requirements. In most cases, they were physically isolated from outside networks and based on proprietary hardware, software, and communication protocols that included basic error detection and correction capabilities, but lacked secure communication capabilities. While there was concern for reliability, maintainability, and availability when addressing statistical performance and failure, the need for cyber security measures within these systems was not anticipated. At the time, security for industrial control systems mean physically securing access to the network and the consoles that controlled the systems.
- Internet-based technologies have since become part of modern industrial control systems. Widely available, low-cost IP devices have replaced proprietary solutions, which increases the possibility of cyber security vulnerabilities and incidents. Industrial control systems have adopted Internet-based solutions to promote corporate connectivity and remote access capabilities, and are being designed and implemented using industry standard computers, operating systems (OS) and network protocols. As a result, these systems may to resemble computer networks. This integration supports new networking capabilities, but provides less isolation for industrial control systems from the outside world than predecessor systems. Networked industrial control systems may be exposed to similar threats as are seen in computer networks, and an increased likelihood that an industrial control system can be compromised.
- Industrial control system vendors have begun to open up their proprietary protocols and publish their protocol specifications to enable third-party manufacturers to build compatible accessories. Organizations are also transitioning from proprietary systems to less expensive, standardized technologies such as Microsoft Windows and Unix-like operating systems as well as common networking protocols such as Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to reduce costs and improve performance. Another standard contributing to this evolution of open systems is Open Platform Communications (OPC), a protocol that enables interaction between control systems and PC-based application programs. The transition to using these open protocol standards provides economic and technical benefits, but also increases the susceptibility of industrial control systems to cyber incidents. These standardized protocols and technologies have commonly known vulnerabilities, which are susceptible to sophisticated and effective exploitation tools that are widely available and relatively easy to use.
- Industrial control systems and corporate networking systems are often interconnected as a result of several changes in information management practices, operational, and business needs. The demand for remote access has encouraged many organizations to establish connections to the industrial control system that enable of industrial control systems engineers and support personnel to monitor and control the system from points outside the control network. Many organizations have also added connections between corporate networks and industrial control systems networks to allow the organization's decision makers to obtain access to critical data about the status of their operational systems and to send instructions for the manufacture or distribution of product.
- In early implementations this might have been done with custom applications software or via an OPC server/gateway, but, in the past ten years this has been accomplished with TCP/IP networking and standardized IP applications like File Transfer Protocol (FTP) or Extensible Markup Language (XML) data exchanges. Often, these connections were implemented without a full understanding of the corresponding security risks. In addition, corporate networks are often connected to strategic partner networks and to the Internet. Control systems also make more use of WANs and the Internet to transmit data to their remote or local stations and individual devices. This integration of control system networks with public and corporate networks increases the accessibility of control system vulnerabilities. These vulnerabilities can expose all levels of the industrial control system network architecture to complexity-induced error, adversaries and a variety of cyber threats, including worms and other malware.
- Many industrial control system vendors have delivered systems with dial-up modems that provide remote access to ease the burdens of maintenance for the technical field support personnel. Remote access can be accomplished, for example, using a telephone number, and sometimes an access control credential (e.g., valid ID, and/or a password). Remote access may provide support staff with administrative-level access to a system. Adversaries with war dialers—simple personal computer programs that dial consecutive phone numbers looking for modems—and password cracking software could gain access to systems through these remote access capabilities. Passwords used for remote access are often common to all implementations of a particular vendor's systems and may have not been changed by the end user. These types of connections can leave a system highly vulnerable because people entering systems through vendor-installed modems are may be granted high levels of system access.
- Organizations often inadvertently leave access links such as dial-up modems open for remote diagnostics, maintenance, and monitoring. Also, control systems increasingly utilize wireless communications systems, which can be vulnerable. Access links not protected with authentication and/or encryption have the increased risk of adversaries using these unsecured connections to access remotely controlled systems. This could lead to an adversary compromising the integrity of the data in transit as well as the availability of the system, both of which can result in an impact to public and plant safety. Data encryption may be a solution, but may not be the appropriate solution in all cases.
- Many of the interconnections between corporate networks and industrial control systems require the integration of systems with different communications standards. The result is often an infrastructure that is engineered to move data successfully between two unique systems. Because of the complexity of integrating disparate systems, control engineers often fail to address the added burden of accounting for security risks. Control engineers may have little training in security and often network security personnel are not involved in security design. As a result, access controls designed to protect control systems from unauthorized access through corporate networks may be minimal. Protocols, such as TCP/IP and others have characteristics that often go unchecked, and this may counter any security that can be done at the network or the application levels.
- Public information regarding industrial control system design, maintenance, interconnection, and communication may be readily available over the Internet to support competition in product choices as well as to enable the use of open standards. Industrial control system vendors also sell toolkits to help develop software that implements the various standards used in industrial control system environments. There are also many former employees, vendors, contractors, and other end users of the same industrial control system equipment worldwide who have inside knowledge about the operation of control systems and processes.
- Information and resources are available to potential adversaries and intruders of all calibers around the world. With the available information, it is quite possible for an individual with very little knowledge of control systems to gain unauthorized access to a control system with the use of automated attack and data mining tools and a factory-set default password. Many times, these default passwords are never changed.
- IV. Tunneling for Network Deceptions
- In various implementations, the systems and methods discussed above can be used to implement a deception system that uses network tunnels to project deception mechanisms from a deception farm into a network. The network can then be monitored and defended by the deception mechanisms.
-
FIGS. 12A-12D illustrate an example of anetwork deception system 1200 configured to provide deception mechanisms for asite network 1204. Asite network 1204 is a network installed at a customer site, such as a business, an office complex, an educational institution, or a private home. Some or all of thesite network 1204 may be “in the cloud,” meaning that some or all of thesite network 1204 is hosted by a cloud services provider. Theexample site network 1204 includes variousnetwork infrastructure devices 1274, such as routers, switches, hubs, repeaters, andgateway devices 1262, among others.Gateway devices 1262 can provide thesite network 1204 access to other networks. Theexample site network 1204 also includes various other network devices 1276 a-1276 d, such as servers, desktop computers, laptop computers, netbook computers, tablet computers, personal digital assistants, smartphones, smart home assistants, printers, scanners, and/or other network devices, among others. In some cases, theexample site network 1204 can also include other electronic devices that have network interfaces, such as televisions, gaming consoles, thermostats, refrigerators, and so on. Some of the network devices 1276 a-1276 d may be virtual; for example, some network devices may be virtual machines. In some cases, thesite network 1204 can include wired and/or wireless segments. - In some cases, the
site network 1204 can have one or more broadcast domains. A broadcast domain is a logical division within a network, in which all the nodes can reach other nodes in the network using broadcast packets. As an example, quite often all the network devices connected to the same repeater or switch are in the same broadcast domain. As a further example, routers frequently form the boundaries of a broadcast domain. - In various implementations, the
network deception system 1200 can provide deception mechanisms (also referred to herein as deceptions) for the broadcast domains in thesite network 1204. In the example ofFIGS. 12A-12D , a deception mechanism can be a network device that is added to thesite network 1204 as a decoy. The deception mechanisms do not participate in the ordinary activities of thesite network 1204, where the ordinary activities include functions for which thesite network 1204 was set up. For example, when thesite network 1204 hosts a website, ordinary activities can include transferring data between webservers, responding to external requests for webpages, conducting database searches, and so on. As another example, when thesite network 1204 is used by a research and development company to develop new software, ordinary activities can include storing data, providing data to network devices 1276 a-1276 b where engineers work, executing compilation software, and so on. - Ordinary activities of the
site network 1204, with some exceptions, do not normally include exchanging network traffic with deception mechanisms. Exceptions can include, for example, broadcast and multicast network traffic, and/or accesses for purposes of administrating the deception mechanisms. Because the deception mechanisms do not participate in the ordinary activities of thesite network 1204, any network access to a deception mechanism is automatically suspect. The deception mechanisms can thus be used to detect suspicious activity within thesite network 1204, where the suspicious activity may be generated by a network threat. - To provide deception mechanisms to the
site network 1204, in various implementations, thenetwork deception system 1200 can include adeception farm 1240. In various implementations, a deception farm can include a number of network devices, configured to operate as deception mechanisms. Similar to a server farm or a data center, deception mechanisms in a deception farm can be allocated to particular site networks and/or specific customers of the deception farm. In the example ofFIG. 12A , thedeception farm 1240 includes a network device, configured as anetwork emulator 1220. Thenetwork emulator 1220 can be configured to host an emulatednetwork 1216, which can include a number of emulatednetwork devices 1218. - In various implementations, the emulated
network devices 1218 can mimic network devices that can be found in thesite network 1204. For example, when thesite network 1204 includes computers running the Windows or Linux operating systems, the emulatednetwork devices 1218 can include emulated computers running Windows or Linux. In this example, the emulated network devices can further be configured with the specific versions and/or patch levels that are common among the network devices 1276 a-1276 d in thesite network 1204. - In various implementations, the emulated
network devices 1218 can be simple or more complex deceptions, as the need requires. For example, one or more of the emulatednetwork devices 1218 may be super-low interaction deceptions (also referred to as address deceptions), low-interaction deceptions, or high-interaction deceptions. Low-interaction and high-interaction can also be referred to collectively as interactive deceptions. - In various implementations, a super-low interaction deception is a deception mechanism that includes an network address, such as an IP address, and can also have a hardware address, such as a MAC address. Super-low-interaction deceptions can respond to simple queries about whether the network address is in use, and thus can establish that a node exists in the
site network 1204 at the network address. Multiple super-low interaction deceptions can be hosted by an address deception engine, and can occupy few processing resources. Super-low interaction deceptions do not otherwise have dedicated hardware, and are not associated with an operating system or network services. - A low interaction deception is an emulated system executing a basic installation of an operating system. A low-interaction deception can also be executing some network services. A low-interaction deception can be initiated when a network interaction with a particular network address becomes more complicated than simple queries about whether a network address is in use. A low-interaction deception can respond to network traffic for multiple network addresses, where the responses may be formatted as appropriate for the operating system executing on the low-interaction deception. A low-interaction deception can thus represent multiple nodes in the
site network 1204. - A high-interaction deception is an emulated system configured to resemble a network device that may be found in the site network. A high-interaction deception may have a particular variation of an operating system installed, may have certain services and ports available, and may have a usage history in the form of data and log files. A high-interaction deception can be the most convincing type deception, and can be initiated when a network interaction escalates to a serious probe of a network device.
- In various implementations, the
deception farm 1240 can be located remotely from thesite network 1204. “Remotely” can mean that thedeception farm 1240 is in a different network domain, and/or is outside of the security perimeter of thesite network 1204. Stated another way, thedeception farm 1240 can connect to thesite network 1204 over other,intermediate networks 1250. Theintermediate networks 1250 can be public and/or private and can include, for example, the Internet. - To provide deception mechanisms to the
site network 1204, in various implementations, thedeception farm 1240 can be connected, using anetwork tunnel 1222, to a network device in the site network, where the network device is configured as aprojection point 1210. The network device configured as aprojection point 1210 can be, for example, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a server computer, a hand-held computer, or some other computing device that includes an integrated circuit configured as a processor, memory, and a network interface. In some implementations, theprojection point 1210 can be a network infrastructure device, such as a switch. In some implementations, theprojection point 1210 can be a virtual machine. In some implementations, a site network can include multiple projection points, each connected to thedeception farm 1240 by a network tunnel. - In various implementations, the
projection point 1210 can serve as an endpoint for anetwork tunnel 1222. The other end of thenetwork tunnel 1222 can terminate attunneling endpoint 1214 in thedeception farm 1240. In various implementations, thetunneling endpoint 1214 can be a physical or a virtual switch. Alternatively or additionally, in some implementations, thetunneling endpoint 1214 can be hosted by a network device, such as a server or desktop computer. In some implementations, a network device that hosts thetunneling endpoint 1214 can be configured as a tunneling and traffic manager, possibly also as a configuration manager, as discussed further below. In some implementations, thetunneling endpoint 1214 can provide physical port through which the network emulator 1220 (and other devices hosted by the deception farm 1240) can be connected toother networks 1250. - The
tunnel 1222 between thedeception farm 1240 and theprojection point 1210 can be configured using various tunneling protocols. Examples of tunneling protocols and network protocols that include tunneling include Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP), IP in IP, point-to-point tunneling protocols (PPTP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), and Virtual Extensible Local Area Network (VXLAN), among others. A tunneling managing can configure thetunnel 1222 to be secure, using various tunneling security protocols. Examples of tunneling security protocols include Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE), Internet Protocol Security (IPsec), and secure socket layer (SSL), among others. - In various implementations, the
deception farm 1240 can obtain network addresses in each of the broadcast domains of thesite network 1204. For example, each broadcast domain may have a server running Domain Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). In this example, a configuration manager can request network addresses from a DHCP server, and thereby obtain network addresses for the domain in which the DHCP server is running. The configuration manager can then assign these network addresses to emulatednetwork devices 1218 in the emulatednetwork 1216. By having network addresses in a domain of thesite network 1204, the emulatednetwork devices 1218 can appear indistinguishable from legitimate network devices 1276 a-1276 d in thesite network 1204. In other examples, network addresses can be manually configured for thedeception farm 1240, for example by network administrators of thesite network 1204 and/or by administrators of thedeception farm 1240. - In some implementations, instead of or in addition to a
deception farm 1240, deceptions can be provided to thesite network 1204 using appliances installed in thesite network 1204 itself. For example, a local network emulator can be installed in thesite network 1204. In this example, the local network emulator can also connect to a projection point in thesite network 1204, which can be thesame projection point 1210 that is connected to thedeception farm 1240 or can be a different projection point. The local network emulator can further obtain network addresses that are local to thesite network 1204. The local network emulator can further assign these network addresses to emulated network devices executing in the network emulator. - In various implementations, the
network tunnel 1222 enables the emulatednetwork devices 1218 to be “projected” into thesite network 1204.FIG. 12B illustrates an example in which the emulatednetwork 1216 has been connected to thesite network 1204 using thenetwork tunnel 1222. - A tunnel is a mechanism that can be used to transmit network traffic that has one network protocol over a network that normally would not support the network protocol. Tunneling uses the packet encapsulation, in which a header and sometimes also a trailer is added to a packet. The original packet becomes the data portion of a new packet. For example, a
network device 1276 a in thesite network 1204 can address a packet to an emulatednetwork device 1218 in thedeception farm 1240. Theprojection point 1210, as one endpoint of thetunnel 1222, can add one or more headers to the packet, where the headers can be formatted according to a tunneling protocol. When the encapsulated packet reaches thetunneling endpoint 1214 in thedeception farm 1240, thetunneling endpoint 1214 can remove the headers added by theprojection point 1210, and produce the original packet. Thetunneling endpoint 1214 can then put the original packet on the emulatednetwork 1216, where the original packet can be treated in the same way as the packet would be treated in thesite network 1204. - The effect of the
network tunnel 1222, in the example ofFIG. 12B , can thus be to make the emulatednetwork devices 1218 appear as nodes in thesite network 1204. Network devices projected into asite network 1204 will be referred to herein in as projectednodes 1242. As discussed above, the emulatednetwork devices 1218 can be given network addresses that are in a broadcast domain of thesite network 1204. The projectednodes 1242 can thus appear as network neighbors, in the same broadcast domain, as the network devices 1276 a-1276 d in thesite network 1204. For example, the network devices 1276 a-1276 d may have IP addresses 10.10.1.1200, 10.10.1.101, 10.10.1.102, and 10.10.1.103. In this example, the emulated network devices can thus be assigned, for example, IP address 10.10.1.1204, 10.10.1.105, 10.10.1.106, and 10.10.1.107. So configured, the emulatednetwork devices 1218 can receive broadcast traffic sent within thesite network 1204. - Being a network neighbor can mean that the projected
nodes 1242 can be treated by thesite network 1204, and by devices in thesite network 1204, in the same way as the legitimate network devices 1276 a-1276 d in thesite network 1204. For example, legitimate network device 1276 a-1276 d occupies a particular network address, and, similarly, each emulatednetwork device 1218 also occupies a network address. Thus, in this example, a host discovery tool running from afirst network device 1276 a can discover each emulatednetwork device 1218 in the same way that the discovery tool discovers itsneighbor network device 1276 b, without the tool determining any difference between the emulatednetwork device 1218 and thelegitimate network device 1276 b. As another example, network packets from thefirst network device 1276 a can be exchanged with one of the emulatednetwork devices 1218 without seeming to leave thesite network 1204. As yet another example, network traffic originating outside of thesite network 1204 can reach an emulatednetwork device 1218 by being addressed to thesite network 1204. - The
tunnel 1222 provides a path for network traffic to be exchanged between devices in thesite network 1204 and emulated devices in the emulatednetwork 1216. Theprojection point 1210, as the tunnel endpoint in thesite network 1204, can be configured to receive any network traffic that is addressed to one of the emulatednetwork devices 1218. This network traffic passes over thetunnel 1222 to emulatednetwork 1216 in thedeception farm 1240, where the network traffic can be directed to the appropriate emulatednetwork device 1218. Similarly, network traffic from an emulatednetwork device 1218 can pass over the tunnel back to thesite network 1204. - The
tunnel 1222 can be transparent, and may not visible to the network devices 1276 a-1276 d in the site network. In some implementations, theprojection point 1210 can also hide itself, so that the projection point's function as a tunnel endpoint cannot be readily discovered. For example, theprojection point 1210 can have a network address within thesite network 1204 that is distinct from any network address assigned to the emulatednetwork devices 1218. In this example, theprojection point 1210 may hide its own network address by not responding to any network traffic that is addressed to projection point's network address. - In various implementations, the emulated
network 1216 can also be dynamically reconfigured.FIG. 12C illustrates an example of thenetwork deception system 1200, where the emulatednetwork 1216 has been reconfigured. In various implementations, the emulatednetwork 1216 can be reconfigured in response tonetwork traffic 1224 received by emulatednetwork 1216 from thesite network 1204. For example,network traffic 1224 may be received that indicates that one of thenetwork devices 1276 c in thesite network 1204 is attempting to connect with an emulatednetwork device 1218. The connection attempt may be suspicious, so thenetwork emulator 1220 may “escalate” a deception to respond to the connection attempt. For example, a low-interaction deception may be switched to a high-interaction deception. - In various implementations, reconfiguring the emulated
network 1216 can also include adding and/or removing deception mechanisms in response tonetwork traffic 1224 received by the emulatednetwork 1216. For example, a network threat may have connected to one of the emulatednetwork devices 1218 from anetwork device 1276 c in thesite network 1204. The network threat may then attempt to connect from the emulatednetwork device 1218 to alegitimate network device 1276 a in thesite network 1204. Rather than providing the network threat with access to thelegitimate network device 1276 a over thetunnel 1222, in this example, thenetwork emulator 1220 can add an emulatednetwork device 1286 a that is configured to resemble thelegitimate network device 1276 a that the network threat is attempting to reach. To resemble thelegitimate network device 1276 a, the new emulatednetwork device 1286 a can have the same MAC and IP address as thelegitimate network device 1276 a. The new emulatednetwork device 1286 a can also have the same operating system or a similar operating system as thelegitimate network device 1276 a, and be running the same or similar services. By having the new emulatednetwork device 1286 a mimic thelegitimate network device 1276 a, the network threat can be kept contained within the emulatednetwork 1216. The network threat might also not be aware that, by moving to the new emulatednetwork device 1286 a, the network threat has not left the emulatednetwork 1216. In some cases, thenetwork emulator 1220 may also add emulatednetwork devices 1286 b-1286 c to mimicother network devices 1276 b-1276 c in thesite network 1204. Thus, no matter which network device the network threat attempts to move to, threat can be contained to the emulated network. - To assist in containing a network threat in the emulated
network 1216, thenetwork emulator 1220 can provide isolation mechanisms between the emulatednetwork 1216 and thesite network 1204. For example, thenetwork emulator 1220 can include packet filters. Packet filters can prevent packets to or from the new emulated network devices 1286 a-1286 c to go back over thetunnel 1222 to thesite network 1204. Packet filters can also prevent some broadcast network traffic originating in the emulatenetwork 1216 from going across thetunnel 1222. Packet filters and other isolation mechanisms can also prevent any problems that can be caused by two network devices (e.g., alegitimate network device 1276 a and a corresponding an emulatednetwork device 1286 a that mimics thelegitimate network device 1276 a) appearing to be identical, including having identical MAC and IP addresses. For example, network traffic can be allowed to flow into the emulatednetwork 1216, but not out. - In various implementations, reconfiguring the emulated
network 1216 can also include adding and/or removing deception mechanism for purposes other than mimicking the network devices 1276 a-1276 d in thesite network 1204. For example, thenetwork emulator 1220 can occasionally remove and/or add emulatednetwork devices 1218 to simulate network devices disconnecting and reconnecting to thesite network 1204. This behavior can mimic, for example, a user leaving the office with her laptop at the end of the day and coming back the next day. As another example, when it appears that an attack on thesite network 1204 is in progress, thenetwork emulator 1220 can add emulatednetwork devices 1218 that have open ports or appear to have valuable data, or are otherwise attractive as targets. - As illustrated in the example of
FIG. 12D , in some implementations, theprojection point 1210 can also project some simple deceptions. For example, theprojection point 1210 can be configured with one or moresuper-low interaction deceptions 1212. As discussed above, a super-low interaction deception can respond to simple queries, such as ARP requests and/or other requests that ask whether a network address is occupied. In this and similar examples, theprojection point 1210 can respond to such requests, and the requests need not be sent over thetunnel 1222 to thedeception farm 1240. - As in the above examples, the
projection point 1210 can be hidden, such that network scanning tools may not readily identify theprojection point 1210. For example, theprojection point 1210 can avoid responding to any network traffic broadcast, multicast, or unicast to the projection point's network address. As another example, the network address of theprojection point 1210 can be used as a network address of one of thesuper-low interaction deceptions 1212 hosted by theprojection point 1210. - In various implementations, the
projection point 1210 can continue to project emulatednetwork devices 1218 into thesite network 1204. For example, in addition to accepting network traffic directed to thesuper-low interaction deceptions 1212, theprojection point 1210 can also accept network traffic directed to an emulatednetwork device 1218. In this example, theprojection point 1210 can send any network traffic for an emulatednetwork device 1218 over thetunnel 1222 to thedeception farm 1240. - In various implementations, a deception farm can provide deception mechanisms using emulated network devices and/or physical network devices.
FIG. 13 illustrates an example of anetwork deception system 1300 configured to provide deception mechanisms for asite network 1304. Theexample site network 1304 includes variousnetwork infrastructure devices 1374, such as routers, switches, hubs, repeaters, andgateway devices 1362, among others.Gateway devices 1362 can provide thesite network 1304 access to other networks. Theexample site network 1304 also includes various other network devices 1376 a-1376 d, which may be physical or virtual devices. In some cases, thesite network 1304 can include wired and/or wireless segments. - To provide deceptions mechanisms to the
site network 1204, in various implementations, thenetwork deception system 1300 can include adeception farm 1340. In various implementations, thedeception farm 1340 can include an emulatednetwork 1316 that can include a number of emulatednetwork devices 1318. The emulatednetwork devices 1318 can be configured to resemble the network devices 1376 a-1376 d in thesite network 1304, including having similar hardware and software configurations. The emulatednetwork devices 1318 can be, for example, super-low interaction deceptions, low-interaction deceptions, and/or high-interaction deceptions. The emulatednetwork 1316 can be hosted by one or more network devices, such as server computers, which are not illustrated here. - In various implementations, the
deception farm 1340 can alternatively or additionally include aphysical network 1330, where thephysical network 1330 includesphysical network devices 1332. A physical device, in this example, can be a computing device (e.g., a chassis containing a circuit board and integrated circuit devices such as processors and memory), such as a laptop computer or a handheld device. In some implementations,physical devices 1332 in thephysical network 1330 can alternatively or additionally include home appliances, such as network-enabled refrigerators, thermostats, televisions, gaming consoles, home security controllers, and so on. In some implementations, thephysical devices 1332 can alternatively or additionally include machinery and/or factory equipment, such as Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines, 3-D printers, industrial robots, and so on. In various implementations, physical devices that can be difficult to emulate can be added to thephysical network 1330. - In various implementations, the
deception farm 1340 can be located remotely from thesite network 1304. For example, thedeception farm 1340 can be in a different network domain, in a different geographical location, and/or outside of the security perimeter of thesite network 1304. In these and other examples, thedeception farm 1340 can communicate with thesite network 1304 overintermediate network 1350. The intermediate networks can be public and/or private, and can include, for example, the Internet. - To provide deception mechanisms to the
site network 1304, in various implementations, thedeception farm 1340 can use anetwork tunnel 1322 to connect to a network device in thesite network 1304, where the network device is configured as aprojection point 1310. Theprojection point 1310 can serve as an endpoint of thetunnel 1322. The other end of thetunnel 1322 can terminate at atunneling endpoint 1314 in thedeception farm 1340. Thetunneling endpoint 1314 can be hosted by a network device in thedeception farm 1340. In some implementations, the network device that hosts thetunneling endpoint 1314 can be configured as a tunneling and traffic manager and/or a configuration manager. In various implementations, theprojection point 1310 can hide its presence from other devices in thesite network 1304, for example by hiding the network address used by theprojection point 1310. - In various implementations, the
physical devices 1332 in thedeception farm 1340 can be projected into thesite network 1304. As discussed above, thenetwork tunnel 1322 can provide a conduit for network traffic between network devices 1376 a-1376 b in thesite network 1304 and emulatednetwork devices 1318 and/orphysical devices 1332 in thedeception farm 1340. Services, such as packet encapsulation, provided by a tunneling protocol can enable network traffic to pass over thetunnel 1322 transparently, meaning that, from the point of the view of the network devices 1376 a-1376 d in thesite network 1304 and devices in thedeception farm 1340, the tunnel does not appear to exist. - In various implementations, particular deceptions in the
deception farm 1340 can be selected for projection into a site network. For example, in the example illustrated inFIG. 13 ,physical devices 1332 have been selected for projection into theexample site network 1304. Thephysical devices 1332 thus appear as projectednodes 1342 in thesite network 1304. Thephysical devices 1332 may have been selected because thephysical devices 1332 are representative of the type of devices that can be found in thesite network 1304, because thephysical devices 1332 are similar to the network devices 1376 a-1376 d in the site network, because thephysical devices 1332, when present alongside the network devices 1376 a-1376 d, appear as attractive targets for network threats, or for some other reason. In various implementations, it may have been determined that emulatednetwork devices 1318 may not have been suitable at the present time, and/or may be useful deceptions at a later time. - In various implementations, a network device configured as a configuration manager can determine the appropriate deceptions for the
site network 1304 at any given time. The configuration manager can be located at thesite network 1304, at thedeception farm 1340, and/or at another network location, such as at a security services provider. In some implementations, the configuration manager can execute on theprojection point 1310. - To assist in making the devices in the
deception farm 1340 appear as nodes in thesite network 1304, a configuration manager can obtain network addresses that are local to thesite network 1304. These network addresses can then be assigned, in the example ofFIG. 13 , to thephysical devices 1332 in thedeception farm 1340. With local network addresses, thephysical network devices 1332 can appear as network neighbors of the network devices 1376 a-1376 d in thesite network 1304. - In various implementations, the
network deception system 1300 can alternatively or additionally include physical devices, configured as deception mechanisms, that are in thesite network 1304 itself. For example, one or more physical devices, which are designated for use as decoys, can be connected to available ports in thesite network 1304. Because these physical devices are intended for use as deceptions, these physical devices would not be used for the ordinary, legitimate uses of thesite network 1304. In this and similar examples, network traffic to these local physical devices need not be passed over thetunnel 1322 to thedeception farm 1340. - In various implementations, a projection point in a site network can be configured to connect to more than one deception farm.
FIG. 14 illustrates an example of adeception system 1400 that includes aprojection point 1410 withnetwork tunnels 1422 to multiple deception farms 1440 a-1440 c. - In this example, the
projection point 1410 is providing deception mechanisms for aparticular site network 1404. Theexample site network 1404 includes variousnetwork infrastructure devices 1474, such as routers, switches, hubs, repeaters, andgateway devices 1462, among others.Gateway devices 1462 can provide thesite network 1404 access to other networks. Theexample site network 1404 also includes various other network devices 1476 a-1476 d, which may be physical or virtual devices. In some cases, thesite network 1404 can include wired and/or wireless segments. - The
example site network 1404 also includes a network device configured as aproject point 1410. In various implementations, theprojection point 1410 can act as an endpoint of one ormore network tunnels 1422, where eachnetwork tunnel 1422 terminates at a different deception farm 1440 a-1440 b. In these implementations, theprojection point 1410 can project deceptions from different deceptions farms 1440 a-1440 b. For example, in the example illustrated inFIG. 14 , theprojection point 1410 is projecting one set ofdeceptions 1432 from afirst deception farm 1440 a and a second set ofdeceptions 1434 from asecond deception farm 1440 b. The first set ofdeceptions 1432 and the second set ofdeceptions 1434 thus appear as projectednodes 1442 in thesite network 1404. The deception farms 1440 a-1440 c can be in different geographical locations. Alternatively or additionally, some of the deception farms 1440 a-1440 c can be in the same geographical location. In some cases, one or more of the deception farms 1440 a-1440 c can be in the same physical location as thesite network 1404. - The
projection point 1410 can connect to more than one deception farm 1440 a-1440 b for different purposes. For example, onedeception farm 1440 a can be a back-up for thesecond deception farm 1440 b, such that, should thefirst deception farm 1440 a experience technical problems, theprojection point 1410 can switch to thesecond deception farm 1440 b to obtain deceptions to project. As another example, theprojection point 1410 may need more deceptions and thefirst deception farm 1440 a may be at full utilization, such that additional deceptions may not be available from thefirst deception farm 1440 a. In this example, theprojection point 1410 can obtain additional deceptions from thesecond deception farm 1440 b. As another example, different deception farms may host different deceptions. For example, thesecond deception farm 1440 b may have physical devices that are not available from thefirst deception farm 1440 a, and it may be determined that theprojection point 1410 should project those physical devices. In other example, there may be additional or other reasons for connecting theprojection point 1410 to multiple deception farms 1440 a-1440 b. - In various implementations, when the
projection point 1410 is enabled in thesite network 1404, a network device configured as a configuration manager can determine to which deception farms 1440 a-1440 c theprojection point 1410 should be connected. In various implementations, the configuration manager can be located in thesite network 1404 and be configured to communicate with the deception farms 1440 a-1440 c. Alternatively or additionally, in some implementations, the configuration manager can be located at adeception farm 1440 a, and can coordinate withother deception farms 1440 b-1440 c overintermediate networks 1450. Alternatively or additionally, in some implementations, each deception farm 1440 a-1440 c can include a configuration manager, and the various configuration managers can coordinate the activities of each deception farm 1440 a-1440 c. Alternatively or additionally, in some implementations, the configuration manager can be located in another network, such as at a security services provider, and can coordinate between theprojection point 1410 and the deception farms 1440 a-1440 c overintermediate networks 1450. In some implementations, a configuration manager can be running on theprojection point 1410. In some cases, the configuration manager can be executing in a deception center. - In various implementations, the configuration manager can be manually configured with profiles that describe the hardware and/or software configuration of the network devices 1476 a-1476 d in the
site network 1404. Alternatively or additionally, the configuration manager can automatically and dynamically profile the network devices 1476 a-1476 d. In various implementations, the configuration manager can use these profiles to determine suitable deceptions for thesite network 1404. For example, the configuration manager can select deceptions that are representative of typical devices found in thesite network 1404. Alternatively or additionally, the configuration manager can be configured with descriptions of the desired deceptions for thesite network 1404. - In various implementations, once deceptions for the
site network 1404 have been selected, the configuration manager can determine which deception farms 1440 a-1440 c have suitable deceptions and/or have capacity to provide deceptions. For example, in the illustrated example, two of three available deception farms 1440 a-1440 c were selected. The configuration manager can then configurenetwork tunnels 1422 between theprojection point 1410 and each selected deception farm 1440 a-1440 b. - In various implementations, the configuration manager can continuously monitor the deception needs for the
site network 1404. For example, when thesite network 1404 appears to be experiencing a network attack, the configuration manager can determine that additional deceptions may be needed. In this example, the configuration manager may determine to obtain the additional deceptions from athird deception farm 1440 c, and thus configuretunnel 1422 between theprojection point 1410 and thethird deception farm 1440 c. Should the deceptions from thethird deception farm 1440 c no longer be needed, in some cases, the configuration manager can remove thetunnel 1422 to thethird deception farm 1440 c. - In the example of
FIG. 14 , in some implementations, theprojection point 1410 can include context management logic. Context management can enable theprojection point 1410 to manage network traffic between the network devices 1476 a-1476 d and the different deception farms 1440 a-1440 c. Specifically, when theprojection point 1410 receives network traffic for aparticular deception 1432, the projection point's context management system can determine that theparticular deception 1432 is located in thefirst deception farm 1440 a. Theprojection point 1410 can use this information to select thecorrect tunnel 1422 to send the network traffic through. The context information for eachnetwork tunnel 1422 can be maintained using, for example, tables, lists, associative arrays, databases, and/or another data structure. - In various implementations, one deception farm can provide deceptions to multiple projection points in the same site network.
FIG. 15 illustrates an example of adeception system 1500 for asite network 1504 that incudes multiple sub-networks, or subnets 1508 a-1508 c. A subnet is a logical group of devices in a larger network (e.g., thesite network 1504, in the illustrated example). Nodes in a subnet tend to be located in close proximity to one another within a local area network (LAN). Subnets enable a site's network administrators to partition a large network into logical segments, which may be easier to administer, including administration of network security. In many cases, the nodes in a subnet have a same subnet address, as well as an address that is distinct within the subnet. - In the example of
FIG. 15 , projection point 1510 a-1510 c has been configured for each subnet 1508 a-1508 c in thesite network 1504. Additionally, atunnel 1522 has been configured between each projection point 1510 and thedeception farm 1540. In this example, thedeception farm 1540 can provide deceptions for each subnet 1508 a-1510 c. Specifically, thedeception farm 1540 can maintain a set of deceptions for each subnet 1508 a-1510 c, where, for example, the set of deceptions for thefirst subnet 1508 a have network addresses that are within thefirst subnet 1508 a (e.g., within the domain of thefirst subnet 1508 a). Similarly, a set of deceptions for thesecond subnet 1508 b can have network addresses that are within thesecond subnet 1508 b. Similarly, a set of deceptions for thethird subnet 1508 c can have network addresses that are within thethird subnet 1508 c. In other examples, more than one projection point can be installed in any particular subnet 1508 a-1508 c, where the additional projection points are also connected to thedeception farm 1540. - The
deception farm 1540 can use various techniques to provide deceptions that are within different network address domains. For example, thedeception farm 1540 can be configured with multiple subnets. In this example, devices within a subnet can be assigned to a particular projection point 1510 a-1510 c, and devices within a different subnet can be assigned to a different projection point 1510 a-1510 c. Alternatively or additionally, an entire subnet within thedeception farm 1540 can be assigned to one projection point 1510 a-1510 c. - As another example, the
deception farm 1540 can include a software defined network (SDN). In software defined network, network devices and/or network infrastructure can be configured in a software layer, independent from the underlying hardware. Using a software defined network, in some implementations, thedeception farm 1540 can dynamically configure a virtual subnet, without needing to reconfigure network hardware within thedeception farm 1540. The virtual subnet can then be assigned to a particular projection point 1510 a-1510 c, where the virtual subnet can provide deceptions for a particular subnet in thesite network 1504. - In some implementations, the
deception farm 1540 can include tunneling and traffic management logic. For example, a network device configured as an endpoint for thetunnels 1522 can maintain a context for eachtunnel 1522. The context can include for example, which deceptions within thedeception farm 1540 are associated with aparticular tunnel 1522, the network addresses for deceptions that are currently being used, and/or active connections between devices in thesite network 1504 and deceptions in thedeception farm 1540. For traffic management, the network device can additionally or alternatively direct network traffic arriving over atunnel 1522 to the appropriate deception mechanism. In various implementations, the network device can also manage establishing new tunnels to projection points, commissioning new deceptions for new tunnels, and/or decommissioning active deceptions when a tunnel is shut down. -
FIG. 16 illustrates an example of anetwork deception system 1600, where multiple projection points 1610 a-1610 d have been connected to multiple deception farms 1640 a-1640 c. In this example, afirst projection point 1610 a has been configured for afirst site network 1604 a and asecond projection point 1610 b has been configured for asecond site network 1604 b. Additionally, twoprojection points 1610 c-1610 d have been configured for athird site network 1604 c. - In this example, the
first site network 1604 a and thesecond site network 1604 b are part of asame customer network 1602. Being part of asame customer network 1602 means that the first 1604 a and second 1604 b site networks are controlled and/or administered by the same entity. For example, both site networks 1604 a-1604 b can be part of the same corporate VLAN. In some cases, both site network 1604 a-1604 b can be within the same broadcast domain. In some cases, each site network 1604 a-1604 b can be within a different broadcast domain. - In some cases, the two site networks 1604 a-1604 b can be in physical proximity, such as being in the same office complex, but may have separate security perimeters, and hence are distinct site networks. Alternatively, the two site networks 1604 a-1604 b can be in different geographical locations, and may connect to each other over intermediate, public and/or private networks. In some cases, the
customer network 1602 can include additional site networks, which are not illustrated here. - In the example of
FIG. 16 , thethird site network 1604 c is controlled by a different entity. This may mean, for example, that thethird site network 1604 c is independently administered from the site networks 1604 a-1604 c in thecustomer network 1602, and/or that a free exchange of data between thethird site network 1604 c and thecustomer network 1602 is not anticipated. - The projection points 1610 a-1610 d in each site network 1604 a-1604 c can be connected to one or more deception farms 1640 a-1640 c. For example, in the illustrated example, some of the projection points 1610 a-1610 c are each connected to all three example deception farms 1640 a-1640 c. A projection point need not be connected to all available deception farms 1640 a-1640 c. For example, one
projection point 1610 d in thethird site network 1604 c is connected to only twodeception farms 1640 b-1640 c. As discussed above, a projection point 1610 a-1610 d can be connected to deception farms that are hosting suitable deceptions, that have capacity to provide deceptions, because a site network's deception needs have increased, and/or for some other reason. - To manage the multi-to-multi connectivity illustrated in
FIG. 16 , in various implementations, each projection point 1610 a-1610 d and/or each deception farm 1640 a-1640 b can include context management logic. For example, the projection points 1610 a-1610 d can maintain a context for eachtunnel 1622, such that the projection point 1610 a-1610 d can track associations between projected deceptions and tunnels. For example, thefirst projection point 1610 a can determine that a set of deceptions being projected by thefirst projection point 1610 a are being hosted by thesecond deception farm 1640 b, and that a different set of deceptions are being hosted by thethird deception farm 1640 c. By maintaining a context, when a deception receives network traffic, the projection points 1610 a-1610 d are able to direct the network traffic over the appropriate tunnel a deception farm 1640 a-1640 c. - In various implementations, the deception farms 1640 a-1640 c can also maintain a context. By maintaining a context, the deception farms 1640 a-1640 c can direct network traffic between a deception hosted by a deception farm 1640 a-1640 c to an appropriate site network 1604 a-1604 c. In the case of the
customer network 1602, context management can ensure that network traffic does not flow across thetunnels 1622 in unexpected ways. For example, the first 1604 a and second 1604 b site networks may be in the same broadcast domain. In this example, when a broadcast packet originates from a legitimate network device in thefirst site network 1604 a, the broadcast packet should be transmitted across thetunnels 1622 to any deceptions being projected into thefirst site network 1604 a. In some cases, however, the broadcast packet should not be transmitted from a deception farm 1640 a-1640 c to thesecond site network 1604 b. Network tunnels can act as simple conduits that enable remote networks to function as one, unified network, where traffic flows across the tunnels as if the networks were directly connected. Thus, in various implementations, the deception farms 1640 a-1640 c and/or projection points 1610 a-1610 d can include filters and/or similar logic that prevents some packets from being transmitted from a site network 1604 a-1604 c to a deception farm 1640 a-1640 c and/or from a deception farm 1640 a-1640 c to a site network 1604 a-1604 c. - In the example above, the
second site network 1604 b may receive the broadcast packet by some other route; for example, the first 1604 a and second 1604 b site networks may have a separate network tunnel, not illustrate here, where the separate network tunnel is part of the customer network's configuration. In this example, broadcast packet can be transmitted over thetunnels 1622 so that the packet can be received by deceptions for thecustomer network 1602, but the broadcast packet should not be transmitted back to thecustomer network 1602, or else the broadcast packet may appear twice in thesecond site network 1604 b. Similarly, broadcast traffic originating from a deception in a deception farm 1640 a-1640 c can be transmitted across thetunnels 1622 to thecustomer network 1602, but, in some cases, should not be transmitted from thecustomer network 1602 back to the deception farms 1640 a-1640 c. - In various implementations, for the above example and other examples, context management can include tracking the source of a packet, and determining whether the source is a legitimate network device or a deception. In some implementations, context management can be aided by systems that generate traffic for deceptions. For example, a network traffic generation system can inform the context management system of any network traffic being generated, where the network traffic is configured to appear to come from a deception. In various implementations, the projection points 1610 a-1610 d and/or deception farms 1640 a-1640 c can operate cooperatively, using, for example, packet exchanges (which may be encrypted) Alternatively or additionally, a deception center and/or security services provider can manage cooperation between the projection points 1610 a-1610 d and/or deception farms 1640 a-1640 c.
- In various implementations, a site network can be partially “in the cloud.”
FIGS. 17A-17B illustrate an example where a site network includes alocal segment 1704 and acloud segment 1706. Thelocal segment 1704 of the site network can be where the human operators of the site network may be able to access and/or administer the site network. In this example, thelocal segment 1704 includes some network devices 1726 a-1726 b, such as laptop, desktop, and/or handheld computers. Thelocal segment 1704 can also includenetwork infrastructure devices 1724, such as routers, gateways, and/or wireless access points, that enable the network devices 1726 a-1726 b to connect to a network. Thelocal segment 1704 can be connected to thecloud segment 1706 over various intermediate, private and/or public networks. - The
cloud segment 1706 of the site network can be hosted by acloud services provider 1754. Thecloud services provider 1754 can, for example, operate a data center, where hardware and/or software resources can be dynamically allocated to different customers at the same time or at different times. In the illustrated example, a set of network devices 1776 a-1776 c andnetwork infrastructure 1774 have been allocated to thecloud segment 1706 of the site network. The set of network devices 1776 a-1776 c can, for example, have more bandwidth, processing capacity, functionality, and/or storage than is available in thelocal segment 1704. The set of network devices 1776 a-1776 c and thenetwork infrastructure 1774 can include physical hardware and/or virtual machines. In some cases, the set of network devices 1776 a-1776 c and thenetwork infrastructure 1774 can be a software defined network. In most cases, thecloud services provider 1754 can include additional hardware and/or virtual resources that are allocated to other site networks, and which are not illustrated here. - In some cases, the
local segment 1704 and thecloud segment 1706 of the site network can be in a same broadcast domain. In these cases, the network devices 1726 a-1726 b in thelocal segment 1704 can exchange network traffic with the network devices 1776 a-1776 c in thecloud segment 1706 as though thelocal segment 1704 and thecloud segment 1706 were directly connected, and not connected by way of intermediate networks. In some cases, thecloud services provider 1754 can provide an interface through which network devices 1726 a-1726 b in thelocal segment 1704 communicate with thecloud segment 1706. In these cases, thecloud segment 1706 can be kept isolated from thelocal segment 1704, for security and/or ease of administration. In these cases, thelocal segment 1704 and thecloud segment 1706 may not be in the same broadcast domain. - In various implementations, a
deception farm 1740 can provide deceptions to monitor and defend the site network from network threats. In various implementations, thedeception farm 1740 can include an emulatednetwork 1716 that can include a number of emulatednetwork devices 1718. The emulatednetwork devices 1718 can be configured to resemble the network devices in either or both of thelocal segment 1704 and thecloud segment 1706 of the site network. The emulatednetwork devices 1718 can be, for example, super-low interaction deceptions, low-interaction deceptions, and/or high-interaction deceptions. The emulatednetwork 1716 can be hosted by one or more network devices, such as server computers, which are not illustrated here. - In various implementations, the
deception farm 1740 can alternatively or additionally include aphysical network 1730, where thephysical network 1730 includesphysical devices 1732. Thephysical devices 1732 can include computers, appliances, equipment, machinery, and/or other network-enabled devices that can be found in thelocal segment 1704 and/or thecloud segment 1706 of the site network. - In the example of
FIG. 17A , aprojection point 1710 has been configured in thelocal segment 1704 of the site network. Theprojection point 1710 can function as an endpoint for anetwork tunnel 1722 to thedeception farm 1740. Thedeception farm 1740 can include a network device that is configured as atunneling endpoint 1714 for thetunnel 1722. - In various implementations, the
projection point 1710 can project deceptions into either thelocal segment 1704 or thecloud segment 1706 of the site network. For example, in the illustrated example, an emulatednetwork device 1718 has been projected into the local segment 1704 (referred to herein as local projected nodes 1744), and a combination of emulatednetwork devices 1718 andphysical network devices 1732 have been projected into the cloud segment 1706 (referred to herein as remote projected nodes 1742). - In various implementations, the local projected
nodes 1744 can be provided by assigning network addresses from thelocal segment 1704 to deceptions in thedeception farm 1740. By having a network address that is local to thelocal segment 1704, a deception can appear as a network neighbor in thelocal segment 1704. - In some cases, as noted, above, the
cloud segment 1706 may be in the same broadcast domain as thelocal segment 1704. In these cases, the remote projectednodes 1742 can be provided by obtaining network addresses that are within the broadcast domain. Theprojection point 1710 can provide these deceptions by way of the projection point's connection to thelocal segment 1704, and the local segment's connection to thecloud segment 1706. In these cases, the remote projectednodes 1742 may be indistinguishable from the network devices 1776 a-1776 c in thecloud segment 1706. In cases where thecloud segment 1706 is not in the same broadcast domain as thelocal segment 1706, the remote projectednodes 1742 can be provided, for example, by obtaining network addresses that are local to thecloud segment 1706. In some cases, such network addresses can be requested from thecloud services provider 1754. -
FIG. 17B illustrates an example where theprojection point 1710 has been configured for thecloud segment 1706 of the site network. Theprojection point 1710 can be configured on, for example, a network device allocated to thecloud segment 1706. Alternatively or additionally, theprojection point 1710 can, for example, be an appliance installed in the network of thecloud services provider 1754. - Configuring the
projection point 1710 in thecloud segment 1706 is an alternate technique for providing deceptions in thecloud segment 1706. In this example, theprojection point 1710 can tunnel directly from thecloud services provider 1754 to thedeception farm 1740. Theprojection point 1710 can possibly also communicate directly with systems at thecloud services provider 1754, to determine suitable deception mechanisms and/or obtain network addresses for the deceptions. - Specific details were given in the preceding description to provide a thorough understanding of various implementations of systems and components for projecting deceptions using a network tunnel. It will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art, however, that the implementations described above may be practiced without these specific details. For example, circuits, systems, networks, processes, and other components may be shown as components in block diagram form in order not to obscure the embodiments in unnecessary detail. In other instances, well-known circuits, processes, algorithms, structures, and techniques may be shown without unnecessary detail in order to avoid obscuring the embodiments.
- It is also noted that individual implementations may be described as a process which is depicted as a flowchart, a flow diagram, a data flow diagram, a structure diagram, or a block diagram. Although a flowchart may describe the operations as a sequential process, many of the operations can be performed in parallel or concurrently. In addition, the order of the operations may be re-arranged. A process is terminated when its operations are completed, but could have additional steps not included in a figure. A process may correspond to a method, a function, a procedure, a subroutine, a subprogram, etc. When a process corresponds to a function, its termination can correspond to a return of the function to the calling function or the main function.
- The term “computer-readable medium” includes, but is not limited to, portable or non-portable storage devices, optical storage devices, and various other mediums capable of storing, containing, or carrying instruction(s) and/or data. A computer-readable medium may include a non-transitory medium in which data can be stored and that does not include carrier waves and/or transitory electronic signals propagating wirelessly or over wired connections. Examples of a non-transitory medium may include, but are not limited to, a magnetic disk or tape, optical storage media such as compact disk (CD) or digital versatile disk (DVD), flash memory, memory or memory devices. A computer-readable medium may have stored thereon code and/or machine-executable instructions that may represent a procedure, a function, a subprogram, a program, a routine, a subroutine, a module, a software package, a class, or any combination of instructions, data structures, or program statements. A code segment may be coupled to another code segment or a hardware circuit by passing and/or receiving information, data, arguments, parameters, or memory contents. Information, arguments, parameters, data, etc. may be passed, forwarded, or transmitted via any suitable means including memory sharing, message passing, token passing, network transmission, or the like.
- The various examples discussed above may further be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode, hardware description languages, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, firmware, middleware or microcode, the program code or code segments to perform the necessary tasks (e.g., a computer-program product) may be stored in a computer-readable or machine-readable storage medium (e.g., a medium for storing program code or code segments). A processor(s), implemented in an integrated circuit, may perform the necessary tasks.
- Where components are described as being “configured to” perform certain operations, such configuration can be accomplished, for example, by designing electronic circuits or other hardware to perform the operation, by programming programmable electronic circuits (e.g., microprocessors, or other suitable electronic circuits) to perform the operation, or any combination thereof.
- The various illustrative logical blocks, modules, circuits, and algorithm steps described in connection with the implementations disclosed herein may be implemented as electronic hardware, computer software, firmware, or combinations thereof. To clearly illustrate this interchangeability of hardware and software, various illustrative components, blocks, modules, circuits, and steps have been described above generally in terms of their functionality. Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware or software depends upon the particular application and design constraints imposed on the overall system. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality in varying ways for each particular application, but such implementation decisions should not be interpreted as causing a departure from the scope of the present disclosure.
- The techniques described herein may also be implemented in electronic hardware, computer software, firmware, or any combination thereof. Such techniques may be implemented in any of a variety of devices such as general purposes computers, wireless communication device handsets, or integrated circuit devices having multiple uses including application in wireless communication device handsets and other devices. Any features described as modules or components may be implemented together in an integrated logic device or separately as discrete but interoperable logic devices. If implemented in software, the techniques may be realized at least in part by a computer-readable data storage medium comprising program code including instructions that, when executed, performs one or more of the methods described above. The computer-readable data storage medium may form part of a computer program product, which may include packaging materials. The computer-readable medium may comprise memory or data storage media, such as random access memory (RAM) such as synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), read-only memory (ROM), non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), FLASH memory, magnetic or optical data storage media, and the like. The techniques additionally, or alternatively, may be realized at least in part by a computer-readable communication medium that carries or communicates program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed, read, and/or executed by a computer, such as propagated signals or waves.
- The program code may be executed by a processor, which may include one or more processors, such as one or more digital signal processors (DSPs), general purpose microprocessors, an application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable logic arrays (FPGAs), or other equivalent integrated or discrete logic circuitry. Such a processor may be configured to perform any of the techniques described in this disclosure. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor; but in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. A processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, e.g., a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration. Accordingly, the term “processor,” as used herein may refer to any of the foregoing structure, any combination of the foregoing structure, or any other structure or apparatus suitable for implementation of the techniques described herein. In addition, in some aspects, the functionality described herein may be provided within dedicated software modules or hardware modules configured for tunneling for network deceptions.
- As used below, any reference to a series of examples is to be understood as a reference to each of those examples disjunctively (e.g., “Examples 1-4” is to be understood as “Examples 1, 2, 3, or 4”).
- Example 1 is a computer-implemented method, the method including determining, by a network device on a first network, a network address, wherein the network address is determined from available network addresses in the first network. The method further includes configuring a network tunnel to a second network, wherein the second network includes one or more deception mechanisms. The method further includes selecting a deception mechanism from among the one or more deception mechanisms. The method further includes assigning the network address to the selected deception mechanism, wherein the network address and the network tunnel enable the selected deception mechanism to be a node on the first network.
- Example 2 is the computer-implemented method of example 1, the method further including determining a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network, wherein the selected deception mechanism is selected using the configuration.
- Example 3 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-2, the method further including determining a configuration of one or more other network devices on the first network. The method further includes configuring the selected deception mechanism using the configuration of the one or more other network devices.
- Example 4 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-3, the method further including selecting the second network from among a plurality of deception networks, wherein the plurality of deception networks host deception mechanisms.
- Example 5 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-4, the method further including receiving network traffic from the first network, wherein the network traffic is addressed to the network address. The method further includes transmitting the network traffic over the network tunnel.
- Example 6 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-5, the method further including receiving network traffic from the first network, wherein the network traffic requests information about the network address. The method further includes responding to the request.
- Example 7 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-6, the method further including hiding the network device from the first network, wherein hiding includes not responding to network traffic addressed to the network device.
- Example 8 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-7, the method further including determining to add an additional deception mechanism to the first network. The method further includes configuring a different network tunnel to a third network, wherein the third includes one or more additional deception mechanisms. The method further includes selecting the additional deception mechanism from among the one or more additional deception mechanisms.
- Example 9 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-8, wherein the second network is associated with a deception farm, wherein a deception farm includes network devices configured as deception mechanisms.
- Example 10 is the computer-implemented method of examples 1-9, wherein a deception mechanism is an emulated network device or a physical network device.
- Example 11 a network device, which includes one or more processors and a non-transitory computer-readable medium. The non-transitory compute readable medium includes instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to perform operations according to the method(s) of examples 1-10.
- Example 12 is a computer-program product tangibly embodied in a non-transitory machine-readable storage medium, including instructions that, when executed by one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to perform steps according to the method(s) of examples 1-10.
Claims (21)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/535,467 US20220329627A1 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2021-11-24 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662327836P | 2016-04-26 | 2016-04-26 | |
US201662344267P | 2016-06-01 | 2016-06-01 | |
US15/498,300 US9979750B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2017-04-26 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US15/983,418 US10616276B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2018-05-18 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US16/800,763 US11212315B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2020-02-25 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US17/535,467 US20220329627A1 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2021-11-24 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/800,763 Continuation US11212315B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2020-02-25 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220329627A1 true US20220329627A1 (en) | 2022-10-13 |
Family
ID=58692617
Family Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/498,300 Active US9979750B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2017-04-26 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US15/983,418 Active 2037-05-02 US10616276B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2018-05-18 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US16/800,763 Active US11212315B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2020-02-25 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US17/535,467 Abandoned US20220329627A1 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2021-11-24 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/498,300 Active US9979750B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2017-04-26 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US15/983,418 Active 2037-05-02 US10616276B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2018-05-18 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US16/800,763 Active US11212315B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2020-02-25 | Tunneling for network deceptions |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US9979750B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017189765A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20230109224A1 (en) * | 2020-09-28 | 2023-04-06 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Network security system including a multi-dimensional domain name system to protect against cybersecurity threats |
Families Citing this family (20)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10326796B1 (en) * | 2016-04-26 | 2019-06-18 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic security mechanisms for mixed networks |
US9979750B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2018-05-22 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Tunneling for network deceptions |
US10419930B2 (en) | 2016-05-27 | 2019-09-17 | Afero, Inc. | System and method for establishing secure communication channels with internet of things (IoT) devices |
US10581875B2 (en) * | 2016-05-27 | 2020-03-03 | Afero, Inc. | System and method for preventing security breaches in an internet of things (IOT) system |
US10715533B2 (en) * | 2016-07-26 | 2020-07-14 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc. | Remediation for ransomware attacks on cloud drive folders |
US10628585B2 (en) | 2017-01-23 | 2020-04-21 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Ransomware resilient databases |
US10986126B2 (en) * | 2017-07-25 | 2021-04-20 | Palo Alto Networks, Inc. | Intelligent-interaction honeypot for IoT devices |
EP3506615B1 (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2021-02-03 | InContact, Inc. | Contact centre system and method for establishing a communication session with sensor equipped devices in a contact center network |
US10831914B2 (en) * | 2018-03-26 | 2020-11-10 | Bank Of America Corporation | Secure extensible wireless communication with IoT devices |
US10969467B1 (en) | 2018-04-13 | 2021-04-06 | Kwesst Inc. | Programmable multi-waveform RF generator for use as battlefield decoy |
US11096243B2 (en) | 2018-04-13 | 2021-08-17 | Kwesst Inc. | Programmable multi-waveform RF generator for use as battlefield decoy |
US11374971B2 (en) | 2018-08-24 | 2022-06-28 | Micro Focus Llc | Deception server deployment |
US11550284B2 (en) * | 2019-02-04 | 2023-01-10 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | Dynamic remote terminal unit (RTU) configurator assignment server enabled wastewater evaporation pond management system |
US11477221B2 (en) * | 2019-11-14 | 2022-10-18 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | System and method for protecting a communication device against identification outside a computer network by routing traffic through a smart hub |
US11647000B2 (en) * | 2019-11-14 | 2023-05-09 | Saudi Arabian Oil Company | System and method for protecting a communication device against identification outside a computer network by generating random and normalized non-IoT traffic |
US11734044B2 (en) * | 2020-12-31 | 2023-08-22 | Nutanix, Inc. | Configuring virtualization system images for a computing cluster |
US11916950B1 (en) | 2021-04-12 | 2024-02-27 | Vmware, Inc. | Coordinating a distributed vulnerability network scan |
US11693695B1 (en) * | 2021-04-12 | 2023-07-04 | Vmware, Inc. | Application self-replication control |
US11528317B1 (en) | 2021-05-05 | 2022-12-13 | Vmware, Inc. | Proxy-enabled communication across network boundaries by self-replicating applications |
US20230344855A1 (en) * | 2022-04-22 | 2023-10-26 | Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated | Method and system for facilitating a ranking score using attack volume to find optimal configurations |
Family Cites Families (61)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7240368B1 (en) * | 1999-04-14 | 2007-07-03 | Verizon Corporate Services Group Inc. | Intrusion and misuse deterrence system employing a virtual network |
US7107347B1 (en) | 1999-11-15 | 2006-09-12 | Fred Cohen | Method and apparatus for network deception/emulation |
US6883031B1 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2005-04-19 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | RUSH-DCS—an adaptable high performance interface for services |
US20020157020A1 (en) | 2001-04-20 | 2002-10-24 | Coby Royer | Firewall for protecting electronic commerce databases from malicious hackers |
US20040078592A1 (en) * | 2002-10-16 | 2004-04-22 | At & T Corp. | System and method for deploying honeypot systems in a network |
US9503470B2 (en) | 2002-12-24 | 2016-11-22 | Fred Herz Patents, LLC | Distributed agent based model for security monitoring and response |
US7412723B2 (en) | 2002-12-31 | 2008-08-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and system for morphing honeypot with computer security incident correlation |
US20050166072A1 (en) | 2002-12-31 | 2005-07-28 | Converse Vikki K. | Method and system for wireless morphing honeypot |
US8713306B1 (en) * | 2003-10-14 | 2014-04-29 | Symantec Corporation | Network decoys |
US20050108415A1 (en) | 2003-11-04 | 2005-05-19 | Turk Doughan A. | System and method for traffic analysis |
US7725937B1 (en) | 2004-02-09 | 2010-05-25 | Symantec Corporation | Capturing a security breach |
US8584239B2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2013-11-12 | Fireeye, Inc. | Virtual machine with dynamic data flow analysis |
US7657735B2 (en) * | 2004-08-19 | 2010-02-02 | At&T Corp | System and method for monitoring network traffic |
KR100609710B1 (en) | 2004-11-25 | 2006-08-08 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Network simulation apparatus and method for abnormal traffic analysis |
US7665134B1 (en) | 2005-01-26 | 2010-02-16 | Symantec Corporation | Profiling users based on artificially constructed deceptive content |
US20080098476A1 (en) | 2005-04-04 | 2008-04-24 | Bae Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration Inc. | Method and Apparatus for Defending Against Zero-Day Worm-Based Attacks |
US8171544B2 (en) | 2005-04-20 | 2012-05-01 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Method and system for preventing, auditing and trending unauthorized traffic in network systems |
IL177429A0 (en) | 2006-08-10 | 2007-07-04 | Univ Ben Gurion | A system that provides early detection. alert, and response to electronic threats |
DE102007001831A1 (en) * | 2006-09-14 | 2008-03-27 | Rohde & Schwarz Gmbh & Co. Kg | Encrypted communications links addressing and routing method, involves providing interface in encryption device with unique assignment of addresses of routing layer to addresses of another routing layer |
US20120084866A1 (en) | 2007-06-12 | 2012-04-05 | Stolfo Salvatore J | Methods, systems, and media for measuring computer security |
US20090235359A1 (en) * | 2008-03-12 | 2009-09-17 | Comodo Ca Limited | Method and system for performing security and vulnerability scans on devices behind a network security device |
US8170037B2 (en) * | 2008-05-21 | 2012-05-01 | Polcha Andrew J | Devices and methods for a virtual internet protocol television (VIPTV) |
US20090319906A1 (en) | 2008-06-18 | 2009-12-24 | Eads Na Defense Security And Systems Solutions Inc | Systems and methods for reconstitution of network elements in a simulated network |
US8769684B2 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2014-07-01 | The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York | Methods, systems, and media for masquerade attack detection by monitoring computer user behavior |
US8019837B2 (en) * | 2009-01-14 | 2011-09-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Providing network identity for virtual machines |
US8844041B1 (en) * | 2010-01-12 | 2014-09-23 | Symantec Corporation | Detecting network devices and mapping topology using network introspection by collaborating endpoints |
JP5549803B2 (en) | 2010-03-03 | 2014-07-16 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Recording device |
CA2818375C (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2014-06-17 | ZanttZ, Inc. | Network stimulation engine |
CN102254120B (en) | 2011-08-09 | 2014-05-21 | 华为数字技术(成都)有限公司 | Method, system and relevant device for detecting malicious codes |
US8739281B2 (en) | 2011-12-06 | 2014-05-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Multilayered deception for intrusion detection and prevention |
US9356942B1 (en) | 2012-03-05 | 2016-05-31 | Neustar, Inc. | Method and system for detecting network compromise |
US20140096229A1 (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2014-04-03 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Virtual honeypot |
US9485276B2 (en) | 2012-09-28 | 2016-11-01 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Dynamic service handling using a honeypot |
WO2014063110A1 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2014-04-24 | ZanttZ, Inc. | Network infrastructure obfuscation |
US20150047032A1 (en) | 2013-08-07 | 2015-02-12 | Front Porch Communications, Inc. | System and method for computer security |
US9621568B2 (en) * | 2014-02-11 | 2017-04-11 | Varmour Networks, Inc. | Systems and methods for distributed threat detection in a computer network |
US20170374032A1 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2017-12-28 | Varmour Networks, Inc. | Autonomic Protection of Critical Network Applications Using Deception Techniques |
US9769204B2 (en) | 2014-05-07 | 2017-09-19 | Attivo Networks Inc. | Distributed system for Bot detection |
US9680855B2 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2017-06-13 | Neo Prime, LLC | Probabilistic model for cyber risk forecasting |
US10193924B2 (en) * | 2014-09-17 | 2019-01-29 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Network intrusion diversion using a software defined network |
US9477837B1 (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2016-10-25 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Configuring a sandbox environment for malware testing |
US9785776B2 (en) | 2015-04-27 | 2017-10-10 | Iboss, Inc. | High risk program identification based on program behavior |
WO2017053806A1 (en) | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic security mechanisms |
US10440054B2 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2019-10-08 | Perspecta Labs Inc. | Customized information networks for deception and attack mitigation |
US20170134405A1 (en) | 2015-11-09 | 2017-05-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Dynamic Honeypot System |
WO2017087964A1 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-26 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Modification of a server to mimic a deception mechanism |
US10097581B1 (en) | 2015-12-28 | 2018-10-09 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Honeypot computing services that include simulated computing resources |
WO2017131975A1 (en) | 2016-01-25 | 2017-08-03 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Detecting security threats by combining deception mechanisms and data science |
WO2017131963A1 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2017-08-03 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Using high-interaction networks for targeted threat intelligence |
JP2019506797A (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2019-03-07 | レベル スリー コミュニケーションズ,エルエルシー | Automatic honeypot provisioning system |
GB201603118D0 (en) | 2016-02-23 | 2016-04-06 | Eitc Holdings Ltd | Reactive and pre-emptive security system based on choice theory |
US20170264639A1 (en) | 2016-03-10 | 2017-09-14 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Active deception system |
WO2017184233A1 (en) | 2016-04-18 | 2017-10-26 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods for detecting and tracking adversary trajectory |
US10033762B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2018-07-24 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Threat engagement and deception escalation |
US10326796B1 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2019-06-18 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic security mechanisms for mixed networks |
US9979750B2 (en) | 2016-04-26 | 2018-05-22 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Tunneling for network deceptions |
WO2017189071A1 (en) | 2016-04-27 | 2017-11-02 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Context-aware knowledge system and methods for deploying deception mechanisms |
US10462181B2 (en) | 2016-05-10 | 2019-10-29 | Quadrant Information Security | Method, system, and apparatus to identify and study advanced threat tactics, techniques and procedures |
US10375110B2 (en) * | 2016-05-12 | 2019-08-06 | Attivo Networks Inc. | Luring attackers towards deception servers |
WO2017209845A1 (en) | 2016-06-01 | 2017-12-07 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Deception to detect network scans |
US9756075B1 (en) | 2016-11-22 | 2017-09-05 | Acalvio Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic hiding of deception mechanism |
-
2017
- 2017-04-26 US US15/498,300 patent/US9979750B2/en active Active
- 2017-04-26 WO PCT/US2017/029702 patent/WO2017189765A1/en active Application Filing
-
2018
- 2018-05-18 US US15/983,418 patent/US10616276B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-02-25 US US16/800,763 patent/US11212315B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-11-24 US US17/535,467 patent/US20220329627A1/en not_active Abandoned
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20230109224A1 (en) * | 2020-09-28 | 2023-04-06 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Network security system including a multi-dimensional domain name system to protect against cybersecurity threats |
US12074899B2 (en) * | 2020-09-28 | 2024-08-27 | T-Mobile Usa, Inc. | Network security system including a multi-dimensional domain name system to protect against cybersecurity threats |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20170310706A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 |
US20210021640A1 (en) | 2021-01-21 |
US20180351996A1 (en) | 2018-12-06 |
US11212315B2 (en) | 2021-12-28 |
US10616276B2 (en) | 2020-04-07 |
US9979750B2 (en) | 2018-05-22 |
WO2017189765A1 (en) | 2017-11-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11212315B2 (en) | Tunneling for network deceptions | |
US10326796B1 (en) | Dynamic security mechanisms for mixed networks | |
US9985988B2 (en) | Deception to detect network scans | |
US9961099B2 (en) | Systems and methods for detecting and tracking adversary trajectory | |
US9853999B2 (en) | Context-aware knowledge system and methods for deploying deception mechanisms | |
US10033762B2 (en) | Threat engagement and deception escalation | |
US9836512B1 (en) | Systems and methods for identifying similar hosts | |
US10104120B2 (en) | Command and control cyber vaccine | |
US20170264639A1 (en) | Active deception system | |
US10972503B1 (en) | Deception mechanisms in containerized environments | |
US20170149825A1 (en) | Modification of a Server to Mimic a Deception Mechanism | |
US20170214708A1 (en) | Detecting security threats by combining deception mechanisms and data science | |
US10362057B1 (en) | Enterprise DNS analysis | |
US9756075B1 (en) | Dynamic hiding of deception mechanism | |
US20170093910A1 (en) | Dynamic security mechanisms | |
US20170289191A1 (en) | Infiltration Detection and Network Rerouting | |
US20170223037A1 (en) | Using high-interaction networks for targeted threat intelligence | |
Wendzel et al. | Cyber security of smart buildings |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ACALVIO TECHNOLOGIES, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:WU, JOHNSON;GUKAL, SREENIVAS;VARADARAJAN, RAMMOHAN;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170425 TO 20200225;REEL/FRAME:058209/0717 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |